-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, Jj2quO6/iQWmcola2QmYzVH2d7KYHh3LJuIfg7t7aBzJmW4qm3OJEOtYJzh8cV8c g+XX8WHbKyerNaAq8wzC7g== 0001104659-09-013843.txt : 20090303 0001104659-09-013843.hdr.sgml : 20090303 20090303152751 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001104659-09-013843 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: 10-K PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 13 CONFORMED PERIOD OF REPORT: 20081231 FILED AS OF DATE: 20090303 DATE AS OF CHANGE: 20090303 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: STARTEK INC CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001031029 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: SERVICES-HELP SUPPLY SERVICES [7363] IRS NUMBER: 841370538 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 1231 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: 10-K SEC ACT: 1934 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 001-12793 FILM NUMBER: 09651449 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 100 GARFIELD STREET CITY: DENVER STATE: CO ZIP: 80206 BUSINESS PHONE: 303-399-2400 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 44 COOK STREET STREET 2: SUITE 400 CITY: DENVER STATE: CO ZIP: 80206 10-K 1 a09-6519_110k.htm 10-K

 

 

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Form 10-K

 

(Mark One)

 

x

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2008

 

 

or

o

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

 

For the transition period from          to

 

Commission file number 1-12793


StarTek, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

84-1370538

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

 

 

 

44 Cook Street, 4th Floor

 

80206

Denver, Colorado

 

(Zip code)

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

 

 

(303) 262-4500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock, $.01 par value

 

New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   Yes  o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes  o  No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes  x No o

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o

Accelerated filer x

Non-accelerated filer o

Smaller reporting company o

 

 

(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)

 

 

Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).   Yes o  No x

 

As of February 15, 2009, 14,813,912 shares of common stock were outstanding. The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2008, was $61.5 million, based upon the closing price of the registrant’s common stock as quoted on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape on such date. Shares of common stock held by each executive officer and director and by each person who owned 5% or more of the outstanding common stock as of such date have been excluded, as such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Part III incorporates certain information by reference from the registrant’s proxy statement to be delivered in connection with its 2009 annual meeting of stockholders.  With the exception of certain portions of the proxy statement specifically incorporated herein by reference, the proxy statement is not deemed to be filed as part of this Form 10-K.

 

 



CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including the following:

 

·                  certain statements, including possible or assumed future results of operations, in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”;

 

·                  any statements contained herein regarding the prospects for our business or any of our services;

 

·                  any statements preceded by, followed by or that include the words “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “continue,” “estimate,” “plans,” “future,” “targets,” “predicts,” “budgeted,” “projections,” “outlooks,” “attempts,” “is scheduled,” or similar expressions; and

 

·                  other statements contained herein regarding matters that are not historical facts.

 

Our business and results of operations are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Because of these risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements, and investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such statements.  All forward-looking statements herein speak only as of the date hereof, and we undertake no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations and may adversely affect our business and results of operations include, but are not limited to those items set forth in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” appearing in this Form 10-K.

 

Unless otherwise noted in this report, any description of “us” or “we” refers to StarTek, Inc. and our subsidiaries.  Financial information in this report is presented in U.S. dollars.

 

Part I

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

BUSINESS OVERVIEW

 

StarTek is a provider of business process outsourcing services to the communications industry.  We partner with our clients to meet their business objectives and improve customer retention, increase revenues and reduce costs through an improved customer experience.  Our solutions leverage industry knowledge, best business practices, skilled agents, proven operational excellence and flexible technology.  The StarTek comprehensive service suite includes customer care, sales support, complex order processing, accounts receivable management, technical and product support and other industry-specific processes.  We operate our business within three reportable segments, based on the geographic regions in which our services are rendered: (1) the U.S., (2) Canada and (3) the Philippines (“Offshore”).  As of December 31, 2008, our U.S. segment included the operations of our thirteen facilities in the U.S.; our Canada segment included the operations of our six facilities in Canada; and our Offshore segment included the operations of our facility in Makati City, Philippines.  Financial information for each of our reportable segments for the last three fiscal years is included in Note 14, “Segment Information,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data,” of this Form 10-K.

 

Our business is providing high-end Customer Service Offerings through the effective deployment of People and Technology.

 

Customer Service Offerings

 

We provide our clients with an outsourced customer care service offering so that they may focus on their core business and preserve capital.  Our service offering includes customer care, sales support, complex order processing, accounts receivable management, technical and product support and other industry-specific processes.  We are well positioned to help our clients implement the convergence of product lines, including wire-line, wireless, cable and broadband and high technical consumer products.  Under each service offering, we deliver a transparent extension of our clients’ brands.

 

Customer Care.  We provide customer care management throughout the life cycle of our clients’ customers.  These programs include management of customer acquisition, service activation, renewals, account inquiries, complaint resolutions, product information and billing support.  These services are aimed at seamlessly managing the relationships between our clients and their customers in a manner that cultivates customer retention and loyalty.

 

Technical and Product Support.  Our technical and product support service offering provides our clients’ customers with high-end technical support services by telephone, e-mail, facsimile and the internet, 24 hours per day, seven days per week. Technical support

 

2



 

inquiries are generally driven by a customer’s purchase of a product or service, or by a customer’s need for ongoing technical assistance.

 

Sales Support. Through our sales support service we seek to increase the revenue generation of our clients through cross-selling and up-selling our clients’ products to their customers.  We have the ability to increase customer purchasing levels, implement product promotion programs, introduce our clients’ customers to new products, secure and process additional customer orders and handle inquiries related to product shipments and billing.

 

Provisioning and Complex Order Processing.  Our complex order processing services provide our clients with large scale project management and direct relationship management for our clients’ large enterprise customers.  This service includes order management and technical sales support for high-end communications services, such as wire-line, wireless, data and customer premise equipment. In addition, we process order fallout from our clients’ automated systems, complete billing review and revenue recovery, and perform quality assurance.  Our services enable a client to provide large scale project management and customer relations services to their customers in a more efficient and cost-effective way.

 

Receivables Management.  We provide billing, credit card support and first party collections through our receivables management services.  These services allow our clients to reduce the risk of non-payment by automatically transferring the calls made by delinquent customers to us, at which point our representatives encourage the customers to pay their bill in order to continue to receive service. Customers may bring their bill current through credit or debit card payments, electronic checks or money orders. This service allows us to help our clients reduce their number of days sales outstanding and bad debt write-offs.

 

Other.  We provide other industry-specific processes including technical support, phone number portability and directory management.  We provide number portability services to facilitate the process when our clients’ customers wish to keep their phone number when changing service providers.  Our phone number portability services, which include both automated and live agent interaction, facilitate pre-port validation, data collection, automatic processing of port-out/in requests, direct and automated interface with the service order activation platform, fallout management tool and port request tracking and archiving.  We also provide 411 directory listing management services.

 

People

 

Our success is driven by our people, who we believe are industry trained experts in providing the communications industry with proven business practices and solutions to help our clients achieve their business goals.  Many of the members of our management team, in addition to our trained customer service representatives, have a background in the communications industry, and bring deep experience to ensure the delivery of optimal solutions to our clients.  We believe that this expertise in our human capital is what allows us to succeed in providing excellent account management and tailored solutions in serving the communications marketplace.

 

Technology

 

Our ability to deliver exceptional service to our clients is enhanced by our technology infrastructure, agent performance tools, analytics, self service applications and technology professional services.  Our technology support services included hosted IT infrastructure and application services encompassing interactive voice response (IVR), virtual queuing, IP-PBX, eWorkforce management, quality assurance monitoring, disposition tolls, business intelligence reporting and eServices, including our e-mail, chat and knowledge base capabilities.  Through our technology, we are able to rapidly respond to ever-changing client demands in a tailored, yet cost-effective and efficient manner. We are capable of handling large call volumes at each of our contact centers through our reliable and scalable contact center solutions.  We staff our IT personnel such that we can support our infrastructure and still have the capability to design programs to meet the specific needs of our clients.

 

CUSTOMER TRENDS

 

In collaborating with our clients, we have observed a few emerging trends in the communications industry.   Our clients are increasingly focused on: (1) improving customer satisfaction and retention; (2) improving the customer experience through right-shoring; and (3) increasing sales per subscriber or user.  We provide some of the industry’s highest customer satisfaction evidenced by our clients’ customer service awards and our clients’ ranking of StarTek relative to other outsourced partners.  Many of our clients have realized the value of cultural and language familiarity available from on-shore providers as a way to improve the customer experience particularly in the case of voice-enabled services. We have demonstrated to our clients our success in increasing revenue per subscriber by incorporating up-sell and cross-sell methodologies during customer interactions.

 

3



 

KEY COMPETITIVE DIFFERENTIATORS

 

We offer a variety of customer management solutions that provide front to back-office capabilities utilizing the StarTek Choice delivery platform. StarTek Choice includes onshore, near shore, offshore, and StarTek@Home sourcing alternatives. We also offer multi-channel interactions across voice, chat, email, and IVR channels.  Our solution configuration is aligned with our clients’ unique requirements.  We are flexible in designing solutions around our clients’ strategic goals, and we provide experienced management teams that bring together a trained, productive workforce, equipped with the right tools and technology. We believe that we are differentiated by our flexibility, people, quality, execution and results.

 

Flexibility.  We believe that we provide high quality business process outsourcing (BPO) solutions, and we leverage our expertise in working with our clients to design solutions around their goals. We offer customer management solutions that help our clients manage customer relationships across the customer lifecycle to improve the customer experience, retention, and sales, and reduce the total cost of customer management. We are able to achieve these results through our people, applied technology, dedication to continuous improvement, and integrated North American, offshore and home agent delivery platform.

 

People. Our people are the key to our success. We possess a unique culture where people are dedicated to serving our clients and their customers.  Whether it be an at home agent or call center representative, we use a screening process to ensure people will have the right skills and attitude to thrive in our culture. We offer blended classroom and eLearning training, knowledge management systems, and other desktop tools to ensure that our representatives are fully equipped to deliver an outstanding customer experience.

 

Quality.  Quality delivery is the driving force behind our culture. We are consistently ranked highly by our clients, but just as importantly, ranked highly by our clients’ customers. We are a catalyst enabling our clients to earn the JD Power and other coveted industry quality awards.

 

Execution.  Our clients’ customer strategies are the driving force behind our solutions and their delivery. Our experienced management team brings together a well-trained, productive workforce, equipped with the right tools and technology. Our program managers find ways to optimize the effectiveness and efficiency of the delivery of our solutions to achieve our clients’ goals.

 

Results.  We manage customer relationships to increase loyalty and profitability. Loyal customers purchase more frequently, provide higher revenues per purchase, acquire multiple products or services, refer our clients to others, and continue to purchase from our clients over long periods of time. Our solutions derive more benefits from customer interactions by delivering increased customer satisfaction and revenue, which in turn leads to a higher return on our client’s customer investment.

 

STRATEGY

 

We seek to become a market leader in providing high-value services to clients in the communications industry. Our approach is to develop relationships with our clients that are partnering and collaborative in nature and create industry-based solutions to meet our clients’ business needs.  To be a leader in the market, our strategy is to:

·                  grow our existing client base by deepening and broadening our relationships,

 

·                  add new clients and continue to diversify our client base,

 

·                  improve the profitability of our business through operational improvements and securing higher margin business,

 

·                  expand on our delivery platform to broaden our service offerings and

 

·                  make prudent acquisitions to expand our business scale and service offerings.

 

During 2008, we executed on our strategy by launching three new U.S. sites and expanding our geographic presence by opening our first offshore operation in the Philippines.  We positioned ourselves for improved profitability by announcing the closure of three non-performing sites.  We also added two new clients, launched a number of new programs with existing clients and made significant investments in new systems, home agents and employee programs.

 

HISTORY OF THE BUSINESS

 

StarTek was founded in 1987.  At that time, our business was centered on supply chain management services, which included packaging, fulfillment, marketing support and logistics services.

 

After our initial public offering on June 19, 1997, we began operating contact center services, which primarily focused on customer care, and grew to include our current suite of offerings as described in the “Business Overview” section of this Form 10-K.  We also expanded internationally through our StarTek Europe, Ltd. operating subsidiary.  Through StarTek Europe, Ltd., we provided call center and supply chain management services from two facilities located in Hartlepool, England.

 

We sold our StarTek Europe, Ltd. operating subsidiary on September 30, 2004.  On December 16, 2005, we sold our supply chain management services platform.

 

 

4



 

While our business is not generally seasonal, it does fluctuate quarterly based on our clients’ product offerings as well as their customer interaction volume.  See Item 1A. “Risk Factors,” for a more complete description of the seasonality of our business.

 

INDUSTRY

 

According to a June 2008 report published by IDC, a leading provider of industry research and market intelligence,  the customer interaction segment of business process outsourcing is a $55 billion market and is expected to grow at an 11.5% compound annual growth rate through 2012.  The communication and technology market comprises 41% of the total market and is expected to grow at a 13% compound annual growth rate through 2012.  The study also shows that offshore migration is accelerating, primarily to Latin America and the Philippines, which, combined, currently accounts for 15% of the market and is expected to account for 24% of the market by 2012.  Currently, the U.S. and EMEA are the largest markets with 45% and 28% market share respectively, which is expected to decrease to 35% and 26% by 2012.

 

Outsourcing of non-core activities, such as those we provide, offers companies the ability to focus on their core competencies, leverage economies of scale and control variable costs of the business while accessing new technology and trained expert personnel.  As the business environment continues to evolve, it has become more difficult and expensive for some companies to maintain the necessary personnel and product capabilities in-house to provide business process services on a cost-effective basis. Accordingly, our anticipation is that outsourced customer care services will grow significantly in the coming years.  In general, we believe that industries having higher levels of customer contact and service volume, such as the communications industry, tend to be more likely to seek outsourced services as a more efficient method for managing their technical support and customer care functions. We believe that outsourced service providers, including ourselves, will continue to benefit from these outsourcing trends.

 

COMPETITION

 

We believe that our competitive differentiators are our flexibility, people, quality, execution and results.  We compete with a number of companies that provide similar services on an outsourced basis, including technical support and customer care companies such as APAC Customer Services, Inc.; Teleperformance; Convergys Corporation; NCO Group; Aegis PeopleSupport; Sitel Corporation; Sykes Enterprises, Incorporated; TeleTech Holdings, Inc.; ICT Group, Inc. and West Corporation.  We compete with the aforementioned companies for new business, for expansion of existing business, and within the companies we currently serve.  Many of these competitors are significantly larger than us in revenue, income, number of contact centers and customer agents, number of product offerings, and market capitalization.  We believe that while smaller than many of our competitors, we are able to compete because of our flexibility and ability to react quickly and efficiently to integrate client technology into our contact centers.  We believe our success is contingent more on our quality of service than our overall size.  We also compete with in-house process outsourcing operations of our current and potential clients.  Such in-house operations include customer care, technical support, internet operations and e-commerce support.  As noted in our industry discussion, it is believed that many outsourced services will continue to migrate to other countries with lower wages than those prevailing in the U.S. Accordingly, our strategic objectives include expanding our geographic platform so that we may compete with those companies who have devoted significant time and money to operating offshore.

 

CLIENTS

 

As mentioned previously, we seek to become the expert provider of outsourced customer care and related services for the communications industry and believe that we possess expertise in servicing clients within that industry.  Accordingly, more than 95% of our revenue is derived from customers within that industry.  Our two largest customers, AT&T Inc. (formerly Cingular Wireless, LLC and AT&T Corporation) and T-Mobile (a subsidiary of Deutsche Telekom), account for a significant percentage of our revenue. In 2008, AT&T Inc. accounted for 54.9.% of our revenue and T-Mobile accounted for 26.7% of our revenue.  In 2007, AT&T Inc. accounted for 50.4% of our revenue and T-Mobile accounted for 21.8% of our revenue.  In 2006, AT&T Inc. accounted for 52.7% and T-Mobile accounted for 21.2% of our revenue. While we believe that we have good relationships with these clients, a loss of one or more of these principal clients could adversely affect our business and our results of operations (see Item 1A. “Risk Factors”).

 

GOVERNMENT AND ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION

 

We are subject to numerous federal, state, and local laws in the states and territories in which we operate, including tax, environmental and other laws that govern the way we conduct our business.  There are risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including significant changes in domestic government programs, policies, regulatory requirements, and taxation with respect to foreign operations, potentially longer working capital cycles, unexpected changes in foreign government programs, policies, regulatory requirements and labor laws, and difficulties in staffing and effectively managing foreign operations.

 

 

5



 

EMPLOYEES AND TRAINING

 

Our success in recruiting, hiring, training, and retaining large numbers of full and part-time skilled employees, and obtaining large numbers of hourly employees during peak periods is critical to our ability to provide high quality outsourced services.  Competition for labor is with firms offering similar paying jobs in the communities in which we are located, which includes other contact centers.  During 2008, we experienced difficulties hiring and retaining agents as we faced economic pressures in and around certain of our site locations.  Refer to Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further discussion of risks surrounding our ability to recruit and retain personnel.

 

As of December 31, 2008, we employed approximately 9,500 employees. We believe the demographics surrounding our facilities, and our reputation, stability, and compensation plans should allow us to continue to attract and retain qualified employees. None of our employees were members of a labor union or were covered by a collective bargaining agreement during 2008.

 

CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

We were founded in 1987 and on June 19, 1997, we completed an initial public offering of our common stock.  We conduct our business through our wholly owned operating subsidiaries, StarTek USA, Inc., StarTek Canada Services, Ltd and StarTek International, Limited.  We are a Delaware corporation headquartered in Denver, Colorado. Our principal executive offices are located at 44 Cook Street, 4th Floor, Denver, Colorado 80206. Our telephone number is (303) 262-4500. Our website address is www.startek.com.   Our stock currently trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol SRT.

 

WEB SITE AVAILABILITY OF REPORTS

 

Copies of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) are available free of charge through our web site (www.startek.com) as soon as practicable after we furnish it to the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We also make available on the “Investor Relations” page of our corporate website, the charters for the Compensation Committee, Audit Committee and Governance and Nominating Committee of our Board of Directors, as well as our Corporate Governance Guidelines and our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct.

 

None of the information on our website or any other website identified herein is part of this report. All website addresses in this report are intended to be inactive textual references only.

 

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

 

Continuing unfavorable economic conditions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

The current economic downturn and disruptions in the capital and credit markets in the U.S. and world economies have reduced consumer spending and reduced spending by businesses.  Since our revenue is largely concentrated in the telecommunications industry, and the majority of our business involves technical support and customer care services initiated by our clients’ customers, our revenue is dependent on the amount of telecommunications products and services demanded by our clients’ customers.  Consequently, a general reduction in consumer demand for such products and services due to the recession in the domestic and international economies could reduce the demand for our services and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

In addition, our existing clients and a number of clients we are currently targeting have been decreasing the number of firms they rely on to outsource their business process outsourced services.  Due to financial uncertainties and the potential reduction in demand for our clients’ products and services, our clients and prospective clients may decide to further consolidate the number of firms on which they rely for their business process outsourced services to reduce costs.  Under these circumstances, our clients may cancel current contracts with us, or we may fail to attract new clients, which will adversely affect our financial condition.  If global economic and market conditions remain uncertain or persist, spread, or deteriorate further, we may experience material impacts on our business, operating results, and financial condition.

 

If we are unable to renew or replace sources of capital funding on satisfactory terms, potential growth and results of operations may suffer.

 

We currently have three debt facilities in place, with approximately $6.8 million in debt outstanding as of December 31, 2008.  One of these facilities, a $10.0 million line of credit, is scheduled to expire in June 2009 (See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Contractual Obligations”).  The other

 

6



 

debt facilities mature over differing periods through 2010.  If we are unable to renew the $10.0 million line of credit or other facilities or are unable to secure alternative sources of capital funding under satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to meet short-term cash needs required for operations or growth opportunities.  This may adversely impact our financial results.  In addition, if we do not meet the debt covenant requirements under the line of credit, we could face adverse effects on our financial statements, including payments for waivers or higher interest rate obligations.  We believe we will obtain financing to replace or extend this line of credit that will allow us to meet our short-term cash needs.  However, the current poor conditions of the U.S. credit markets may adversely impact our ability to obtain financing.

 

If the value of our portfolio of investment securities declines, our results of operations will suffer.

 

Approximately 5.7%, 10.5%, and 3.8% of our total assets as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively, consisted of investment securities. During 2008, we made investments in corporate debt. We periodically review investments available for sale for other-than-temporary declines in fair value and write down investments to their fair value when such a decline occurs.  During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized a loss totaling $0.5 million (representing the entire basis amount) on a Lehman Brothers corporate debt security that was determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired due to their bankruptcy announcement.  We do not consider the remainder of our investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired because we have the ability and intent to hold these investments until a market price recovery or maturity.  We did not record any other-than-temporary impairments for the years ended December 31, 2007 or 2006.  Future adverse changes in market conditions, or poor operating results of companies in which we have invested, could result in losses. Moreover, we implemented a more conservative investment policy in late 2006, and the resulting lower returns may adversely impact our financial results.

 

Over 70% of our revenue in the past several years (over 80% in 2008) has been received from our two largest clients. The loss or reduction in business from any of these clients would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

The following table represents revenue concentration of our principal clients:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

AT&T Inc. (formerly Cingular Wireless, LLC and AT&T Corp.)

 

54.9

%

50.4

%

52.7

%

T-Mobile, a subsidiary of Deutsche Telekom

 

26.7

%

21.8

%

21.2

%

 

The loss of a principal client, a material reduction in the amount of business we receive from a principal client, or the loss, delay or termination of a principal client’s product launch or service offering would adversely affect our business, revenue and operating results. We may not be able to retain our principal clients or, if we were to lose any of our principal clients, we may not be able to timely replace the revenue generated by the lost clients. Loss of a principal client could result from many factors, including consolidation or economic downturns in our clients’ industries, as discussed further below.  Our work for AT&T Inc. (AT&T) is covered by several contracts for a variety of different lines of AT&T business, some of these contracts expire in 2009 and others in 2010.  For example, we entered into a contract covering certain customer care services with AT&T Mobility LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of AT&T, in May 2008 that expires in April 2010.  Previously, in December 2006, we entered into another contract covering certain business care services that has been extended through March 31, 2009 while the parties negotiate a new agreement for such services.  We entered into a services agreement and statement of work with T-Mobile (the “T-Mobile Contract”) for the provision of certain call center services, each having an initial term expiring September 30, 2009, that automatically renews from year-to-year, subject to non-renewal by either party.

 

We are working diligently to complete negotiation of the new agreements for business care services and other lines of business for which individual statements of work expire in 2009, and we expect to renew each of them in due course.  However, if we fail to do so or if any are not renewed, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

The future revenue we generate from our principal clients may decline or grow at a slower rate than expected or than it has in the past. In the event we lose any of our principal clients or do not receive call volumes anticipated from these clients, we may suffer from the costs of underutilized capacity because of our inability to eliminate all of the costs associated with conducting business with that client, which could exacerbate the effect that the loss of a principal client would have on our operating results and financial condition.  For example, there are no guarantees of volume under the current contract with AT&T.  In addition, that contract with AT&T provides for a tiered incentive pricing structure that provides for lower pricing at higher volumes. Additional productivity gains will be necessary to offset the negative impact that lower per-minute revenue at higher volume levels will have on our margins in future periods.

 

 

7



 

We are currently carrying a significant amount of net operating loss carry forwards for tax purposes.  If we are not able to generate sufficient future taxable income to offset these losses, our financial results may be adversely affected.

 

As of December 31, 2008, we had gross federal net operating loss carry forwards of approximately $10.0 million.  These carry forwards can be used to offset future taxable income and expire in 2028.  We have not recorded a valuation allowance related to the net operating loss carry forwards and other temporary items as management believes it is more likely than not that we will be able to use the benefit to reduce future tax liabilities.  We believe it is “more likely than not” based upon our current estimates of future taxable income that the deferred tax assets will be realized.  A valuation allowance may be required if we are unable to generate future taxable income.  A tax valuation allowance could have a significant negative impact on future earnings.

 

Our client base is concentrated in the communications industry, which has recently experienced consolidation trends.  As our clients’ businesses change as a result of merger and acquisition activity, there is no guarantee that the newly formed companies will continue to use our services.

 

Consolidation in the communications industry may decrease the potential number of buyers for our services. Likewise, there is no guarantee that the acquirer of one of our clients will continue to use our services after the consolidation is completed.  We are particularly vulnerable on this issue given the relatively few significant clients we currently serve and the concentration of these clients in the telecommunications industry. For example, in late 2006, our client, AT&T. acquired another of our clients, Cingular Wireless, LLC (now, AT&T Mobility, LLC), thereby further concentrating our revenue base.  There can be no assurance that AT&T Mobility, LLC, AT&T., or other subsidiaries of AT&T. will continue to use our services in the future.  If we lose principal clients or our service volumes decrease as a result of principal clients being acquired, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.  We expect to negotiate renewals of our contracts in due course; however, if any of such contracts or any order under such a contract is not ultimately renewed, it would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our client base is concentrated in the communications industry and our strategy partially depends on a trend of communications companies continuing to outsource non-core services. If the communications industry suffers a downturn or the trend toward outsourcing reverses, our business will suffer.

 

Our current clients are almost exclusively communications companies, which include companies in the wire-line, wireless, cable and broadband lines of business.  Over 95% of our revenue in 2008 was concentrated in the telecommunications industry. Our business and growth is largely dependent on continued demand for our services from clients in this industry, and other industries that we may target in the future, and on trends in those industries to purchase outsourced services. A general and continuing economic downturn in the telecommunications industry or in other industries that we target, or a slowdown or reversal of the trend in these industries to outsource services we provide, could adversely affect our business, results of operations, growth prospects, and financial condition.  A general and continuing economic downturn in other industries may result in excess capacity of contact center services in those industries attracting clients in the telecommunications industry or in other industries that we target. If this happens, it could adversely affect our business, results of operations, growth prospects, and financial condition.

 

We have experienced significant management turnover and need to retain key management personnel.

 

On January 5, 2007, A. Laurence Jones was appointed President, Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer as a successor to our former Chief Executive Officer, Steven D. Butler.  On September 10, 2007, we hired David G. Durham as our Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer.  We filled several other key management positions during 2007 and eliminated the position of Chief Information Officer (“CIO”) by integrating the functions managed by the CIO with finance and operations.  During 2008, we eliminated the position of Chief Operating Officer (“COO”) and lost the services of the incumbent Senior Vice President, Sales, a position we are actively seeking to fill.  High turnover of senior management can adversely impact our stock price, our results of operations and our client relationships, and may make recruiting for future management positions more difficult.  In some cases, we may be required to pay significant amounts of severance to terminated management employees.  In addition, we must successfully integrate any new management personnel that we hire within our organization in order to achieve our operating objectives. Changes in other key management positions may temporarily affect our financial performance and results of operations as new management becomes familiar with our business.  Accordingly, our future financial performance will depend to a significant extent on our ability to motivate and retain key management personnel.

 

If we are not able to hire and retain qualified employees, our ability to service our existing customers and retain new customers will be adversely affected.

 

Our success is largely dependent on our ability to recruit, hire, train, and retain qualified employees. Our business is labor intensive and, as is typical for our industry, continues to experience high personnel turnover. Our operations, especially our technical support

 

 

8



 

and customer care services, generally require specially trained employees. During 2008, we continued to experience a high rate of employee turnover, which, in turn, requires significant recruiting and training costs. Such turnover adversely affects our operating efficiency, productivity and ability to fully respond to client demand, thereby adversely impacting our results of operations.   Some of this turnover can be attributed to the fact that we compete for labor not only with other call centers, but also with other similar-paying jobs, including retail, oil and gas industry labor, food service, etc.  As such, improvements in the local economies in which we operate can adversely affect our ability to recruit agents in those locations.  Further increases in employee turnover or failure to effectively address and remedy these high attrition rates would have an adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

The addition of new clients or implementation of new projects for existing clients may require us to recruit, hire, and train personnel at accelerated rates. We may not be able to successfully recruit, hire, train, and retain sufficient qualified personnel to adequately staff for existing business or future growth, particularly if we undertake new client relationships in industries in which we have not previously provided services. Because a substantial portion of our operating expenses consists of labor-related costs, labor shortages or increases in wages (including minimum wages as mandated by the U.S. and Canadian federal governments, employee benefit costs, employment tax rates, and other labor related expenses) could cause our business, operating profits, and financial condition to suffer. In the past, some of our Canadian employees have attempted to organize a labor union and economic and legislative changes in the U.S. may encourage organizing efforts in the future which, if successful, could further increase our recruiting and training costs and could decrease our operating efficiency and productivity.

 

Our operating costs may increase as a result of higher labor costs.

 

During the past economic downturns, we, like a number of companies in our industry, sought to limit our labor costs by limiting salary increases and payment of cash bonuses to our employees. During 2008, the local economies in some of the locations in which we operate experienced growth, which caused us to increase labor rates to remain competitive within the local economies. If these growth trends continue, we may need to further increase salaries or otherwise compensate our employees at higher levels in order to remain competitive.  Effective July 2008, the U.S. federal minimum wage was increased, with additional increases expected in July 2009.  The minimum wage applicable to most of our operations in Canada is rising even more dramatically than in the U.S.  Higher salaries or other forms of compensation are likely to increase our cost of operations. If such increases are not offset by increased revenue, they will negatively impact our financial results. Conversely, if labor rates decrease due to higher unemployment in the current economic downturn, our cost of operations may decrease.  In the past, some of our Canadian employees have attempted to organize a labor union and economic and legislative changes in the U.S. may encourage organizing efforts in the future, which if successful could further increase our recruiting and training costs and could decrease our operating efficiency and productivity.

 

We may need to add specialized sales personnel in order to grow our business.  We may have difficulty recruiting candidates for these positions.

 

Our future growth depends on our ability to initiate, develop and maintain new client relationships, as well as our ability to maintain relationships with our existing principal clients. To generate opportunities for new business from existing clients, as well as obtain new clients, we may need to hire specialized sales and marketing staff to introduce new products and services.  If we are unable to hire sales people with the specialized skills and knowledge needed to attract new business, or if we are not able to develop new products and services, we will not be able to diversify our revenue base and thereby reduce our reliance on our significant customers.

 

We face considerable pricing pressure in our business, and if we are not able to continually increase productivity, our gross margins and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Our strategy depends in part on our ability to increase productivity.  We face significant price pressure arising from our clients’ desire to decrease their operating costs, and from other competitors operating in our targeted markets. Price pressure may be more pronounced during periods of economic uncertainty. In addition, our contract with our largest customer currently contains a tiered pricing structure, under which pricing declines as service volumes increase, creating increased pricing pressures in future years. Accordingly, our ability to maintain our operating margins depends on our ability to improve productivity and reduce operating costs. If we are not able to achieve sufficient improvements in productivity to adequately compensate for potential price decreases, our results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Our operating results may be adversely affected if we are unable to maximize our facilities capacity utilization.

 

Our profitability is influenced by our facility capacity utilization. The majority of our business involves technical support and customer care services initiated by our clients’ customers, and as a result, our capacity utilization varies and demands on our capacity are, to some degree, beyond our control. We have experienced, and in the future may experience, periods of idle capacity from opening new facilities where forecasted volume levels do not materialize. In addition, we have experienced, and in the future may experience, idle peak period capacity when we open a new facility or terminate or complete a large client program. These periods of

 

 

9



 

idle capacity may be exacerbated if we expand our facilities or open new facilities in anticipation of new client business because we generally do not have the ability to require a client to enter into a long-term contract, or to require clients to reimburse us for capacity expansion costs if they terminate their relationship with us or do not provide us with anticipated service volumes. From time to time, we assess the expected long-term capacity utilization of our facilities. Accordingly, we may, if deemed necessary, consolidate or close under-performing facilities in order to maintain or improve targeted utilization and margins. Any such closures may result in lease termination costs, severance costs or impairment charges.  There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve or maintain optimal facility capacity utilization.

 

We and some of our former management employees are the subject of a class action lawsuit.  The defense and ultimate outcome of these allegations could negatively affect our future operating results.

 

We and six of our former directors and officers have been named as defendants in West Palm Beach Firefighters’ Pension Fund v. StarTek, Inc., et al. (U.S. District Court, District of Colorado) filed on July 8, 2005, and John Alden v. StarTek, Inc., et al. (U.S. District Court, District of Colorado) filed on July 20, 2005.  Those actions have been consolidated by the federal court.  The consolidated action is a purported class action brought on behalf of all persons (except defendants) who purchased shares of our common stock in a secondary offering by certain of our stockholders in June 2004, and in the open market between February 26, 2003 and May 5, 2005 (the “Class Period”).  The consolidated complaint alleges that the defendants made false and misleading public statements about us and our business and prospects in the prospectus for the secondary offering, as well as in filings with the SEC and in press releases issued during the Class Period, and that as a result, the market price of our common stock was artificially inflated.  The complaints allege claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The plaintiffs in both cases seek compensatory damages on behalf of the alleged class and award of attorneys’ fees and costs of litigation.  On May 23, 2006, we and the individual defendants moved the court to dismiss the action in its entirety.

 

On March 28, 2008, the motion was denied with respect to the claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except the claim under Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 was dismissed against two of the individual defendants.  On the same date, the motion was granted with respect to the claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 without prejudice to plaintiffs filing an amended complaint with respect to such claims.  On May 19, 2008, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint.  On June 5, 2008, we and the individual defendants moved the court to dismiss the amended complaint in its entirety.  On November 6, 2008, the motion was granted with respect to certain claims relating to representations regarding the Company’s supply-chain management business, but was denied as to all other claims.    We believe we have valid defenses to the claims and intend to defend the litigation vigorously.

 

It is not possible at this time to estimate the possibility of a loss or the range of potential losses arising from these claims.  We may, however, incur material legal fees with respect to our defense of these claims.  The claims have been submitted to the carriers of our executive and organization liability insurance policies.  We expect the carriers to provide for certain defense costs and, if needed, indemnification with a reservation of rights.  The policies have primary and excess coverage that we believe will be adequate to defend this case and are subject to a retention for securities claims.  These policies provide that we are responsible for the first $1.025 million in defense costs.  We have  incurred defense costs related to these lawsuits in excess of our $1.025 million deductible.

 

We have been involved from time to time in other litigation arising in the normal course of business, none of which is expected by management to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

We generate revenue based on the demand for, and inquiries generated by, our clients’ products and services. If our clients’ products and services are not successful or do not generate the anticipated call volumes, our revenue and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

In substantially all of our client relationships, we generate revenue based on the amount of products and services demanded by our clients’ customers.  The amount of our revenue also depends on the number and duration of customer inquiries.  Consequently, the amount of revenue generated from any particular client is dependent upon consumers’ interest in and use of that client’s products or services.  In addition, if the reliability of our customers’ products or services increases as a result of technological improvements, the volume of calls that we service may be reduced.  If customer interest in or increased reliability of any products or services offered by our clients and for which we provide outsourced services result in reduced service volumes, our revenue would be diminished.  We utilize forecasts made by our clients based on demand from their customers.  If the actual call volumes are materially different than the forecasted volumes, our financial results could be adversely affected.

 

In 2008, we expanded our capacity to include four new facilities, in each of Victoria, Texas, Mansfield, Ohio, Jonesboro, Arkansas, and Makati City, Philippines.   As business associated with these additional facilities ramped, we experienced excess capacity and incurred additional costs as we worked towards bringing these facilities to normal operational levels.  In 2008, we announced that we

 

10



 

would be closing our sites in Petersburg, Virginia and Regina, Saskatchewan, as part of our efforts to achieve site optimization at all of our locations, and in Big Spring, Texas, due primarily to recruiting challenges in these locations.  If client demand declines due to economic conditions, or otherwise, we would not leverage our fixed costs as effectively, which would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our contracts generally do not contain minimum purchase requirements and can generally be terminated by our customers on short notice without penalty.

 

We enter into written agreements with each client for our services. We seek to sign multi-year contracts with our clients; however these contracts generally permit termination upon 30 to 90 days notice by our clients; do not designate us as our clients’ exclusive outsourced services provider; do not penalize our clients for early termination; hold us responsible for work performed that does not meet pre-defined specifications; and do not contain minimum purchase requirements or volume commitments. Accordingly, we face the risk that our clients may cancel contracts we have with them, which may adversely affect our results.  In addition, some contracts with our two largest clients either expire in 2009 or are currently under negotiation for renewal, and we cannot guarantee that they will be extended or renewed.  If a principal client cancelled or did not renew their contract with us, our results would suffer. In addition, because the amount of revenue generated from any particular client is generally dependent on the volume and activity of our clients’ customers, as described above, our business depends in part on the success of our clients’ products. The number of customers who are attracted to the products of our clients may not be sufficient, or our clients may not continue to develop new products that will require our services, in which case it may be more likely for our clients to terminate their contracts with us. Moreover, clients who may not terminate their contacts with us without cause could generally reduce the volume of services they outsource to us, which would have an adverse effect on our revenue, results of operations, and overall financial condition.

 

Our existing and potential clients are currently decreasing the number of vendors they are using to outsource their business process services.  If we lose more business than we gain as a result of this vendor consolidation, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

 

Our existing clients and a number of clients we are currently targeting have been decreasing the number of firms they rely on to outsource their business process outsourced services. We believe these clients are taking this action in order to increase accountability and decrease their costs, and under current economic conditions, there is an increased risk that our clients will outsource their business process outsourced services to even fewer firms to further reduce costs. If this consolidation results in us losing one or more of our clients, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected. In addition, this consolidation could make it more difficult for us to secure new clients, which could limit our growth opportunities.

 

If we do not effectively manage our growth or control costs related to growth, our results of operations will suffer.

 

We intend to grow our business by increasing the number of services we provide to existing clients, by expanding our overall client base and, in the future, through merger and acquisition activity. Growth could place significant strain on our management, employees, operations, operating and financial systems, and other resources. To accommodate significant growth we would be required to open additional facilities, expand and improve our information systems and procedures, and hire, train, motivate, and manage a growing workforce, all of which would increase our costs. Our systems, facilities, procedures, and personnel may not be adequate to support our future operations. Further, we may not be able to maintain or accelerate our current growth, effectively manage our expanding operations, or achieve planned growth on a timely and profitable basis. During recent years, we incurred costs related to excess capacity as we opened new facilities in anticipation of volume levels that did not materialize.  As a result, our operating profits declined, and our stock price was adversely impacted.  If we are unable to manage our growth efficiently, or if growth does not occur, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could suffer.

 

Failure to implement technological advancements could make our services less competitive.

 

Technologies that our clients or competitors already possess, or may in the future develop or acquire, may decrease the cost or increase the efficiency of competing services. We believe that to remain competitive, we must continue to invest in technology to be able to compete for new business and maintain service levels for clients. We may not be able to develop and market any new services that use, or effectively compete with, existing or future technologies, and such services may not be commercially successful. Furthermore, our competitors may have greater resources to devote to research and development than we do, and accordingly may have the ability to develop and market new technologies, with which we are unable to successfully compete.

 

11



 

Our markets are highly competitive. If we do not compete effectively, we may lose our existing business or fail to gain new business.

 

The markets in which we operate are highly competitive, and we expect competition to persist and intensify in the future. We view in-house operations of our existing and potential clients to be a significant competitive threat. Many of our clients or potential clients have in-house capabilities, enabling them to perform some or all of the services that we provide. Our performance and growth could be impeded if clients, or potential clients, decide to shift in-house, operations services currently outsourced, or if potential clients retain or increase their in-house capabilities.

 

We anticipate that competition from low-cost, offshore providers of outsourced services will continue to increase in the future and that such providers will remain an important competitive threat. A number of our competitors have, or may develop, greater name recognition or financial and other resources than we have. In addition, new competitors with greater name recognition and resources may decide to enter the markets in which we operate. Some competitors may offer a broader range of services than we do, which may result in clients and potential clients consolidating their use of outsourced services with larger competitors, rather than using our services. Competitive pressure from current or future competitors could also result in substantial price erosion, as discussed below, which could adversely affect our revenue, margins, and financial condition.

 

Our operations in Canada and the Philippines subject us to the risk of currency exchange fluctuations.

 

Because we conduct a material portion of our business in Canada, we are exposed to market risk from changes in the value of the Canadian dollar. For the smaller portion of our business that we conduct in the Philippines, we are exposed to market risk from changes in the value of the Philippine peso.  Material fluctuations in exchange rates impact our results through translation and consolidation of the financial results of our foreign operations, and therefore may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. We have contracts wherein the revenue we earn is denominated in U.S. dollars, yet the costs we incur to fulfill our obligations under those contracts are denominated in Canadian dollars or Philippine pesos, as applicable.  Therefore, the fluctuations in the U.S. dollar to the Canadian dollar or Philippine peso exchange rates can cause significant fluctuations in our results of operations.  During 2008, 2007 and 2006, we engaged in hedging activities relating to our exposure to such fluctuations in the value of the Canadian dollar versus the U.S. dollar.  During 2008, we did not enter into hedging agreements for the Philippine peso.  We intend to participate in hedging activities in 2009 as it relates to the Canadian dollar and the Philippine peso. However, currency hedges do not, and will not, eliminate our exposure to fluctuations in the currencies.  Increases in the value of the Canadian dollar or the Philippine peso, or currencies in other foreign markets in which we may operate, in relation to the value of the U.S. dollar, would further increase our costs and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We face risks inherent in conducting business outside of North America.

 

Our operations in Canada accounted for 33.4%, 39.1%, and 41.6%, of our revenue in 2008, 2007, and 2006, respectively.  We have also opened a new facility in the Philippines. There are risks inherent in conducting business internationally, including competition from local businesses or established multinational companies, who may have firmly established operations in particular foreign markets.  This may give these firms an advantage regarding labor and material costs.  Other risks inherent in conducting business internationally include significant changes in domestic government programs, policies, regulatory requirements, and taxation with respect to foreign operations, potentially longer working capital cycles, unexpected changes in foreign government programs, policies, regulatory requirements and labor laws, and difficulties in staffing and effectively managing foreign operations.  Our current or potential new clients may be reluctant to have us provide services to them from a location outside of North America. One or more of these factors may have an impact on our international operations. Our lack of significant international operating experience may result in any of these factors impacting us to a greater degree than they impact our competitors. To the extent one or more of these factors impact our international operations, it could adversely affect our business, results of operations, growth prospects, and financial condition as a whole.

 

Various other risk factors described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K may be exacerbated with regard to international operations, especially in countries where we do not have well-established operations.  Such risks include those related to the need to retain key management personnel, the inability to hire and retain qualified employees, increases in operating costs, facility capacity utilization, management of growth and costs related to growth, geopolitical military conditions, interruptions to our business, and the quality and cost of telephone and data services infrastructure.

 

Our lack of a significant international presence outside of North America may adversely affect our ability to serve existing customers or limit our ability to obtain new customers.

 

Although we currently conduct operations in Canada and have begun operations in the Philippines, we do not have a significant international presence. Our lack of significant international operations outside of North America could adversely affect our business if one or more of our customers decide to move their existing business process outsourcing services offshore. Our lack of a significant international presence outside of North America may also limit our ability to gain new clients who may require business process service providers to have this flexibility.

 

 

12



 

The movement of business process outsourcing services to other countries has been extensively reported in the press. Most analysts continue to believe that many outsourced services will continue to migrate to other countries with lower wages than those prevailing in the U.S.. Accordingly, unless and until we develop significant international operations outside of North America, we may be competitively disadvantaged compared to a number of our competitors who have already devoted significant time and money to operating offshore.

 

If we decide to open facilities in, or otherwise expand into, additional countries, we may not be able to successfully establish operations in the markets that we target.  There are certain risks inherent in conducting business in other countries including, but not limited to, exposure to currency fluctuations, difficulties in complying with foreign laws, unexpected changes in government programs, policies, regulatory requirements and labor laws, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, political instability, and potentially adverse tax consequences.  There can be no assurance that one or more of such factors will not have a material adverse effect on our business, growth prospects, results of operations, and financial condition.

 

Our largest stockholder has the ability to significantly influence corporate actions.

 

A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr., one of our co-founders, owned approximately 19.7% of our outstanding common stock as of February 15, 2009. Mr. Stephenson’s spouse also owns shares of our common stock. Under an agreement we have entered into with Mr. Stephenson, so long as Mr. Stephenson, together with members of his family, beneficially owns 10% or more but less than 30% of our outstanding common stock, Mr. Stephenson will be entitled to designate one of our nominees for election to the board. In addition, our bylaws allow that any holder of 10% or more of our outstanding common stock may call a special meeting of our stockholders. The concentration of voting power in Mr. Stephenson’s hands, and the control Mr. Stephenson may exercise over us as described above, may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control that might otherwise benefit our stockholders.

 

Our stock price has been volatile and may decline significantly and unexpectedly.

 

The market price of our common stock has been volatile, and could be subject to wide fluctuations, in response to quarterly variations in our operating results, changes in management, the degree of success in implementing our business and growth strategies, announcements of new contracts or contract cancellations, announcements of technological innovations or new products and services by us or our competitors, changes in financial estimates by securities analysts, the perception that significant stockholders may sell or intend to sell their shares, or other events or factors we cannot currently foresee. We are also subject to broad market fluctuations, given the overall volatility of the current U.S. and global economies, where the market prices of equity securities of many companies experience substantial price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated to the operating performance of such companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Additionally, because our common stock trades at relatively low volume levels, any change in demand for our stock can be expected to substantially influence market prices thereof. The trading price of our stock varied from a low of $2.05 to a high of $9.68 during 2008.

 

Geopolitical military conditions, including terrorist attacks and other acts of war, may materially and adversely affect the markets in which we operate, and our results of operations.

 

Terrorist attacks and other acts of war, and any response to them, may lead to armed hostilities and such developments could cause substantial business uncertainty. Such uncertainty could result in potential clients being reluctant to enter into new business relationships, which would adversely affect our ability to win new business. Armed hostilities and terrorism may also directly impact our facilities, personnel and operations, as well as those of our suppliers and customers. Furthermore, severe terrorist attacks or acts of war may result in temporary halts of commercial activity in the affected regions, possibly resulting in reduced demand for our services. These developments could impair our business and depress the trading price of our common stock.

 

If we experience an interruption to our business, our results of operations may suffer.

 

Our operations depend on our ability to protect our facilities, computer equipment, telecommunications equipment, software systems and clients’ products and confidential client information against damage from internet interruption, fire, power loss, telecommunications interruption, e-commerce interruption, natural disaster, theft, unauthorized intrusion, computer viruses, bomb threats and other emergencies. We maintain procedures and contingency plans to minimize the detrimental impact of adverse events, but if such an event occurs, our procedures and plans may not be successful in protecting us from losses or interruptions. In the event we experience temporary or permanent interruptions or other emergencies at one or more of our facilities, our business could suffer and we may be required to pay contractual damages to our clients, or allow our clients to renegotiate their arrangements with us. Although we maintain property and business interruption insurance, such insurance may not adequately or timely compensate us for all losses we may incur. Further, our telecommunication systems and networks, and our ability to timely and consistently access and use telephone, internet, e-commerce, e-mail, facsimile connections, and other forms of communication, are substantially dependent

 

 

13



 

upon telephone companies, internet service providers, and various telecommunication infrastructures. If such communications are interrupted on a short- or long-term basis, our services would be similarly interrupted and delayed.

 

Increases in the cost of telephone and data services or significant interruptions in such services could adversely affect our business.

 

We depend on telephone and data service provided by various local and long distance telephone companies. Because of this dependence, any change to the telecommunications market that would disrupt these services or limit our ability to obtain services at favorable rates could affect our business. We have taken steps to mitigate our exposure to the risks associated with rate fluctuations and service disruption by entering into long-term contracts with various providers for telephone and data services. There is no obligation, however, for these vendors to renew their contracts with us, or to offer the same or lower rates in the future, and such contracts are subject to termination or modification for various reasons outside of our control. A significant increase in the cost of telephone services that is not recoverable through an increase in the price of our services, or any significant interruption in telephone services, could seriously affect our business.

 

Compliance with SEC rules requiring that we and our independent auditors assess the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting may have adverse consequences.

 

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“Section 404”) requires our management, on an annual basis, to assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. We have completed the process of documenting and testing our internal control over financial reporting in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, and the reports of our management and our independent auditors relating to our internal control over financial reporting are included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. We constantly test and improve our controls as we identify certain deficiencies that we believe require remediation, and this requires additional management time and other resources.  If we incur significant expense relating to future compliance with Section 404, our operating results will be adversely impacted.

 

In addition, as our business develops and grows, we will be required to adapt our internal control systems and procedures to conform to our current business, and we will continue to work to improve our controls and procedures and to educate our employees in an effort to maintain an effective internal control environment. However, if internal control deficiencies arise in the future, we may not be able to remediate such deficiencies in a timely manner. As a consequence, we may have to disclose in future filings with the SEC any material weaknesses in internal controls over our financial reporting system. Disclosures of this type could cause investors to lose confidence in our financial reporting, and may negatively affect our stock price. Moreover, effective internal controls are necessary to produce reliable financial reports and to prevent fraud. If we have deficiencies in our internal controls over financial reporting, it may negatively impact our business and operations.

 

Our quarterly operating results have historically varied, and may not be a good indicator of future performance.

 

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, quarterly variations in revenue and operating results, as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control.  These factors include, changes in the amount and growth rate of revenue generated from our principal clients; the timing of receipt of payments from our clients; the timing of existing and future client product launches or service offerings; unanticipated volume fluctuations; expiration or termination of client projects; timing and amount of costs incurred to expand capacity in order to provide for further revenue growth from existing and future clients; and the seasonal nature of some clients’ businesses.

 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES

 

As of December 31, 2008, we owned or leased the following facilities, containing in aggregate approximately 1.1 million square feet:

 

 

14



Properties

 

Year Opened

 

Approximate
Square Feet

 

Leased or Owned

 

U.S. Facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Greeley, Colorado

 

1998

 

35,000

 

Company Owned

 

Laramie, Wyoming

 

1998

 

22,000

 

Company Owned

 

Grand Junction, Colorado

 

1999

 

46,350

 

Leased

 

Greeley, Colorado

 

1999

 

88,000

 

Company Owned

 

Big Spring, Texas

 

1999

 

30,000

 

Leased (b)

 

Enid, Oklahoma

 

2000

 

47,500

 

Company Owned

 

Grand Junction, Colorado

 

2000

 

54,500

 

Leased

 

Decatur, Illinois

 

2003

 

37,500

 

Leased

 

Alexandria, Louisiana

 

2003

 

40,000

 

Leased

 

Lynchburg, Virginia

 

2004

 

38,600

 

Leased

 

Collinsville, Virginia

 

2004

 

49,250

 

Leased

 

Denver, Colorado

 

2004

 

23,000

 

Leased (a)

 

Petersburg, Virginia

 

2005

 

39,600

 

Leased (c)

 

Victoria, Texas

 

2008

 

54,100

 

Leased

 

Mansfield, Ohio

 

2008

 

31,000

 

Leased

 

Jonesboro, Arkansas

 

2008

 

65,400

 

Leased

 

Canadian Facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Kingston, Ontario

 

2001

 

49,000

 

Company Owned

 

Kingston, Ontario

 

2001

 

20,000

 

Leased

 

Cornwall, Ontario

 

2001

 

73,800

 

Leased

 

Regina, Saskatchewan

 

2003

 

62,000

 

Leased

 

Sarnia, Ontario

 

2003

 

37,200

 

Leased

 

Thunder Bay, Ontario

 

2006

 

33,000

 

Leased

 

Hawkesbury, Ontario

 

2006

 

41,000

 

Leased (d)

 

Philippine Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Makati City, Philippines

 

2008

 

78,000

 

Leased

 


(a)  Company headquarters, which houses executive and administrative employees.

 

(b)  Our Big Spring facility ceased operations in August 2008.  We bought-out the remainder of this lease in February 2009.

 

(c)  Our Petersburg facility ceased operations in December 2008.

 

(d)  Our Hawkesbury, Ontario facility ceased operations in August 2007.

 

Substantially all of our facility space can be used to support any of our business process outsourced services. We believe our existing facilities are adequate for our current operations. We intend to maintain efficient levels of excess capacity to enable us to readily provide for needs of new clients and increasing needs of existing clients.  We hold unencumbered, fee simple title to our company-owned facilities.

 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We and six of our former directors and officers have been named as defendants in West Palm Beach Firefighters’ Pension Fund v. StarTek, Inc., et al. (U.S. District Court, District of Colorado) filed on July 8, 2005, and John Alden v. StarTek, Inc., et al. (U.S. District Court, District of Colorado) filed on July 20, 2005.  Those actions have been consolidated by the federal court.  The consolidated action is a purported class action brought on behalf of all persons (except defendants) who purchased shares of our common stock in a secondary offering by certain of our stockholders in June 2004, and in the open market between February 26, 2003 and May 5, 2005 (the “Class Period”).  The consolidated complaint alleges that the defendants made false and misleading public statements about us and our business and prospects in the prospectus for the secondary offering, as well as in filings with the SEC and in press releases issued during the Class Period, and that as a result, the market price of our common stock was artificially inflated.  The complaints allege claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The plaintiffs in both cases seek compensatory damages on behalf of the alleged class and award of attorneys’ fees and costs of litigation.  On May 23, 2006, we and the individual defendants moved the court to dismiss the action in its entirety.

 

15



On March 28, 2008, the motion was denied with respect to the claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except the claim under Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 was dismissed against two of the individual defendants.  On the same date, the motion was granted with respect to the claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 without prejudice to plaintiffs filing an amended complaint with respect to such claims.  On May 19, 2008, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint.  On June 5, 2008, we and the individual defendants moved the court to dismiss the amended complaint in its entirety.  On November 6, 2008, the motion was granted with respect to certain claims relating to representations regarding the Company’s supply-chain management business, but was denied as to all other claims.  We believe we have valid defenses to the claims and intend to defend the litigation vigorously.

 

It is not possible at this time to estimate the possibility of a loss or the range of potential losses arising from these claims.  We may, however, incur material legal fees with respect to our defense of these claims.  The claims have been submitted to the carriers of our executive and organization liability insurance policies.  We expect the carriers to provide for certain defense costs and, if needed, indemnification with a reservation of rights.  The policies have primary and excess coverage that we believe will be adequate to defend this case and are subject to a retention for securities claims.  These policies provide that we are responsible for the first $1.025 million in defense costs.  We have incurred defense costs related to these lawsuits in excess of our $1.025 million deductible.

 

We have been involved from time to time in other litigation arising in the normal course of business, none of which is expected by management to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

ITEM 4.  SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2008.

 

Part II

 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON STOCK, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

MARKET FOR COMMON STOCK

 

Our common stock has been listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “SRT” since the effective date of our initial public offering on June 19, 1997. The following table shows the high and low closing sales prices for our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange for the periods shown:

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

2008

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

9.43

 

$

8.03

 

Second Quarter

 

$

9.68

 

$

8.10

 

Third Quarter

 

$

9.47

 

$

6.23

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

6.90

 

$

2.05

 

2007

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

14.05

 

$

9.46

 

Second Quarter

 

$

10.93

 

$

9.41

 

Third Quarter

 

$

11.60

 

$

10.01

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

10.94

 

$

8.73

 

 

HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK

 

As of February 15, 2009, there were 59 stockholders of record and 14,813,912 shares of common stock outstanding.  See Item 1A.  “Risk Factors,” set forth in this Form 10-K for a discussion of risks related to control that may be exercised over us by our principal stockholders.

 

16



DIVIDEND POLICY

 

On January 22, 2007, our board of directors announced it would not declare a quarterly dividend on our common stock in the first quarter of 2007, and did not expect to declare dividends in the near future, making the dividend paid in November 2006 the last quarterly dividend that will be paid in the foreseeable future.  We plan to invest in growth initiatives in lieu of paying dividends.  We had been paying quarterly dividends since August of 2003.

 

STOCK REPURCHASE PROGRAM

 

Effective November 4, 2004, our board of directors authorized repurchases of up to $25 million of our common stock. The repurchase program will remain in effect until terminated by the board of directors, and will allow us to repurchase shares of our

 

common stock from time to time on the open market, in block trades and in privately-negotiated transactions. Repurchases will be implemented by the Chief Financial Officer consistent with the guidelines adopted by the board of directors, and will depend on market conditions and other factors. Any repurchased shares will be held as treasury stock, and will be available for general corporate purposes. Any repurchases will be made in accordance with SEC rules. As of the date of this filing, no shares have been repurchased under this program.

 

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

 

The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock over the past five years with the cumulative total return of the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index (“NYSE Composite”) and of the Russell 2000 Index (“Russell 2000”) over the same period.  We do not believe stock price performance shown on the graph is necessarily indicative of future price performance.

 

 

 

The information set forth under the heading “Stock Performance Graph” is not deemed to be “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC or subject to the SEC’s proxy rules or to the liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, and the graph shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our prior or subsequent filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

 

17



ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto which are included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data,” of this Form 10-K. Additionally, the following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which is included in Item 7 of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

272,890

 

$

245,304

 

$

237,612

 

$

216,371

 

$

221,906

 

Cost of services

 

238,496

 

206,087

 

201,424

 

167,223

 

164,363

 

Gross profit

 

34,394

 

39,217

 

36,188

 

49,148

 

57,543

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

40,814

 

38,991

 

30,247

 

28,435

 

27,451

 

Impairment losses and restructuring charges

 

9,225

 

4,325

 

 

 

 

Operating (loss) income

 

(15,645

)

(4,099

)

5,941

 

20,713

 

30,092

 

Net interest and other income

 

55

 

745

 

2,126

 

1,479

 

3,532

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

(15,590

)

(3,354

)

8,067

 

22,192

 

33,624

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

(6,150

)

(523

)

2,303

 

8,177

 

12,747

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 

(9,440

)

(2,831

)

5,764

 

14,015

 

20,877

 

(Loss) gain from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(461

)

 

 

(1,155

)

99

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(9,901

)

$

(2,831

)

$

5,764

 

$

12,860

 

$

20,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.64

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

$

0.96

 

$

1.44

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.64

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

$

0.95

 

$

1.41

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share including discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.67

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

$

0.88

 

$

1.45

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.67

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

$

0.88

 

$

1.42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

14,713

 

14,696

 

14,680

 

14,629

 

14,455

 

Diluted

 

14,713

 

14,696

 

14,714

 

14,681

 

14,780

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

146,864

 

$

155,458

 

$

155,735

 

$

153,914

 

$

166,872

 

Total debt

 

$

6,821

 

$

11,355

 

$

15,968

 

$

5,650

 

$

9,363

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

$

107,019

 

$

118,214

 

$

118,382

 

$

128,164

 

$

136,883

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other Selected Financial Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures, net of proceeds

 

$

27,979

 

$

15,207

 

$

19,767

 

$

9,379

 

$

17,839

 

Depreciation

 

$

17,803

 

$

17,092

 

$

16,758

 

$

13,364

 

$

12,546

 

Cash dividends declared per common share

 

$

 

$

 

$

1.11

 

$

1.50

 

$

1.58

 

 

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of the results of operations and financial condition should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this annual report.

 

OVERVIEW

 

StarTek is a provider of business process outsourcing services to the communications industry.  We partner with our clients to meet their business objectives and improve customer retention, increase revenues and reduce costs through an improved customer experience.  Our solutions leverage industry knowledge, best business practices, skilled agents, proven operational excellence and flexible technology.  The StarTek comprehensive service suite includes customer care, sales support, complex order processing,

 

18



accounts receivable management, technical support and other industry-specific processes.  We operate our business within three reportable segments, based on the geographic regions in which our services are rendered: (1) the U.S., (2) Canada and (3) the Philippines (“Offshore”).  As of December 31, 2008, our U.S. segment included the operations of our thirteen facilities in the U.S.; our Canada segment included the operations of our six facilities in Canada; and our Offshore segment included the operations of our facility in Makati City, Philippines.  As of December 31, 2007, there were eleven, seven and zero operating centers in the U.S., Canada and Offshore, respectively.  We use gross profit as our measure of profit and loss for each business segment and do not allocate selling, general and administrative expenses to our business segments.

 

We endeavor to achieve site optimization at all of our operating facilities by routinely evaluating site performance.  If local economic conditions, prevailing wage rates, or other factors negatively impact the long-term financial viability of a facility, management will from time to time make the decision to close a facility.  As a result, we may incur impairment losses or restructuring charges in connection with the closure.  Likewise, management is continually in pursuit of opportunities to open new facilities in economically viable geographic markets in order to improve profitability and grow the business.

 

We invoice our clients monthly in arrears and recognize revenues for such services when completed. Substantially all of our contractual arrangements are based either on a production rate, meaning that we recognize revenue based on the billable hours or minutes of each call center agent, or on a rate per transaction basis.  These rates could be based on the number of paid hours the agent works, the number of minutes the agent is available to answer calls, or the number of minutes the agent is actually handling calls for the client, depending on the client contract.  Production rates vary by client contract and can fluctuate based on our performance against certain pre-determined criteria related to quality and performance.

 

SIGNIFICANT DEVELOPMENTS DURING THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008

 

During 2008, we opened four new facilities.  These facilities are located in Victoria, Texas, Mansfield, Ohio, Jonesboro, Arkansas and Makati City, Philippines.  Management believes that expansion into new geographic regions will enhance service offerings to new and existing customers and positions us for future growth.  These locations were also chosen for their large and talented labor pools from which we can attract and retain qualified employees.

 

During August 2008 and December 2008, we closed facilities in Big Spring, Texas and Petersburg, Virginia, respectively.  These closures were driven by market conditions, namely recruiting challenges, which impacted the profitability of the sites, and management determined it was in our long-term interest to close these locations.

 

The impact on our results of operations from these developments during the year ended December 31, 2008 is discussed below in “Results of Operations — Years Ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2007”.

 

In addition, during December 2008, we also announced the closure of our facility in Regina, Saskatchewan that is expected to close during the first quarter of 2009.  Persistent difficulty recruiting a workforce suitable to clients’ requirements was a major factor leading to the decision to close the facility. Upon the closure of the facility, the estimated restructuring costs are $5 million to $6 million in facility-related costs, to be paid through the remainder of the lease term, or July 2013, and approximately $0.2 million in one-time employee termination benefits.   The exact timing and actual amounts of the facility-related charges are dependent upon our ability to sublease these facilities. If the events and circumstances regarding our ability to sublease the facilities change, these estimates would change.

 

SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

On February 25, 2009, after a competitive auction, we entered into an agreement to sell Domain.com, our wholly-owned subsidiary, to A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr. in exchange for cash of approximately $7.1 million.  Mr. Stephenson was the highest bidder.  Mr. Stephenson is one of our co-founders, served as Chairman of the Board of Directors until his retirement on May 31, 2006 and managed the Domain.com subsidiary since 2006.  Mr. Stephenson owns approximately 19.7% of our common shares outstanding.  The effective date of the sale is February 25, 2009 and upon that date we recognized a gain of approximately $7.1 million.

 

19



 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND DECEMBER 31, 2007

 

The following table presents selected items from our Consolidated Statements of Operations in thousands of dollars and as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2008

 

%
of Revenue

 

Year Ended December 31, 2007

 

% of
Revenue

 

% change
2007 to 2008

 

Revenue

 

$

272,890

 

100.0

%

$

245,304

 

100.0

%

11.2

%

Cost of services

 

238,496

 

87.4

%

206,087

 

84.0

%

15.7

%

Gross profit

 

34,394

 

12.6

%

39,217

 

16.0

%

-12.3

%

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

40,814

 

15.0

%

38,991

 

15.9

%

4.7

%

Impairment losses and restructuring charges

 

9,225

 

3.3

%

4,325

 

1.8

%

113.3

%

Operating loss

 

(15,645

)

-5.7

%

(4,099

)

-1.7

%

281.7

%

Net interest and other income

 

55

 

0.0

%

745

 

0.3

%

-92.6

%

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

(15,590

)

-5.7

%

(3,354

)

-1.4

%

364.8

%

Income tax benefit

 

(6,150

)

-2.3

%

(523

)

-0.2

%

1075.9

%

Loss from continuing operations

 

(9,440

)

-3.4

%

(2,831

)

-1.2

%

233.5

%

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(461

)

-0.2

%

 

0.0

%

100.0

%

Net loss

 

$

(9,901

)

-3.6

%

$

(2,831

)

-1.2

%

249.7

%

 

 

The following table summarizes our revenues and gross profit for the periods indicated, by reporting segment:

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

2008

 

2007

 

(in 000s)

 

(% of Total)

 

(in 000s)

 

(% of Total)

United States:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

$

 181,313

 

66.4%

 

$

 149,389

 

60.9%

Cost of services

150,452

 

63.1%

 

115,987

 

56.3%

Gross profit

$

 30,861

 

89.7%

 

$

 33,402

 

85.2%

Gross profit %

17.0%

 

 

 

22.4%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

$

 90,929

 

33.4%

 

$

 95,915

 

39.1%

Cost of services

86,001

 

36.1%

 

90,100

 

43.7%

Gross profit

 $ 4,928

 

14.3%

 

$

 5,815

 

14.8%

Gross profit %

5.4%

 

 

 

6.1%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Offshore:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

$

 648

 

0.2%

 

$

 —

 

0.0%

Cost of services

2,043

 

0.8%

 

 

0.0%

Gross profit

$

 (1,395)

 

-4.0%

 

$

 —

 

0.0%

Gross profit %

-215.3%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Revenue increased by $27.6 million, or 11.2%, from $245.3 million in 2007 to $272.9 million in 2008. The increase was driven by the U.S. segment in which revenue increased by 21.4%, or $31.9 million, due to the opening of three new facilities during 2008. The Company opened facilities in Victoria, Texas in January 2008, Mansfield, Ohio in March 2008 and Jonesboro, Arkansas in July 2008. Revenue from these facilities during 2008 totaled approximately $31.7 million. Revenue also increased due to improved contract pricing, offset slightly by the closure of our Big Spring, Texas facility in August 2008, which resulted in a reduction in revenue of $4.6 million during 2008. Revenue in the Canada segment decreased by $5.0 million during 2008, of which $3.3 million was attributable to lost revenue due to the closure of our Hawkesbury, Ontario site in August 2007. The Offshore segment generated $0.6 million in revenue during 2008 from the facility in Makati City, Philippines which opened in September 2008.

 

20



 

Cost of Services and Gross Profit

 

Cost of services increased by $32.4 million, from $206.1 million in 2007 to $238.5 million in 2008. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue decreased from 16.0% in 2007 to 12.6% in 2008. The decline in gross profit was primarily due to the launch and initial ramp of our new facilities and losses on foreign currency hedges. Cost of services in the U.S. segment increased by $34.5 million, from $116.0 million in 2007 to $150.5 million in 2008. Of this increase, approximately $30.0 million was related to the new facilities in Victoria, Mansfield and Jonesboro. Gross profit in Canada decreased by $0.9 million from $5.8 million in 2007 to $4.9 million in 2008. The decline was primarily due to lower utilization in Canada and a decline in our effective exchange rate, net of hedges. Our effective exchange rate (CAD to USD), net of hedges, decreased from 1.10 in 2007 to 1.01 in 2008. The Offshore segment contributed negative $1.4 million to gross profit during 2008 as the Makati City site was launched in September 2008 and continued to ramp through the remainder of 2008.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by $1.8 million, or 4.7%, from $39.0 million in 2007 to $40.8 million in 2008. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses were 15.9% in 2007 and 15.0% in 2008. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due to investments in corporate personnel, human resource programs and technology in support of our long-term growth plans, as well as incremental SG&A costs associated with the new sites.

 

Impairment Losses and Restructuring Charges

 

Impairment losses and restructuring charges increased from $4.3 million in 2007 to $9.2 million in 2008. During 2008, we recognized impairment losses of $5.9 million. Approximately $1.8 million related to the Canada segment, which was comprised of $1.5 million and $0.3 million related to impairment of leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures and equipment in connection with the closures of the Regina, Saskatchewan and Hawkesbury, Ontario facilities, respectively. Approximately $4.1 million of impairment losses related to the U.S. segment, which comprised of 1) $1.2 million related to the write-off of capitalized software costs for information technology infrastructure initiatives which management has decided to discontinue, 2) $1.1 million of leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures and equipment in connection with the closure of our Big Spring, Texas facility, and 3) $1.8 million of leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures and equipment in connection with the closure of our Petersburg, Virginia facility.

 

During 2008, we recognized restructuring charges of $3.3 million. The Canada segment recognized $1.6 million of restructuring charges relating to the closure of our Hawkesbury facility. Approximately $1.7 million related to the U.S. segment, of which $0.3 million and $1.4 million were related to the closures in Big Spring, Texas and Petersburg, Virginia, respectively.

 

During 2007, we incurred approximately $1.9 million in impairment losses and approximately $0.7 million in restructuring charges in our Canada segment due to the Hawkesbury closure. We recorded $1.7 million in impairment losses in the U.S. segment due to the write-off of capitalized software costs in which the projects were not completed and therefore, the carrying value was not recoverable.

 

Operating Loss

 

We incurred operating losses of approximately $15.6 million and $4.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in the loss was driven by the decrease in gross margin, the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses, and the increase in impairment losses and restructuring charges, discussed previously.

 

Net Interest and Other Income

 

Net interest and other income was approximately $0.1 million and $0.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The primary reason for the change was the recognition of a loss of $0.5 million in 2008 on an investment in Lehman Brothers corporate debt securities that was determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired due to their bankruptcy announcement.

 

Income Tax Benefit

 

The effective tax rate increased from 15.6% in 2007 to 39.5% in 2008. The primary difference between the periods was the valuation allowance recorded in 2007 on capital loss carryforwards which management did not believe would be recognized before their expiration. This impact was offset by decreased work opportunity credits during 2008 compared to 2007 and the change in the Canadian statutory tax rate during 2008. Effective January 1, 2008, the general corporate income tax rate in Canada was reduced from

 

21



 

22.1% to 19.5% due in part to the elimination of the corporate surtax on large corporations of 1.12%. The impact was a reduction in our overall effective tax rate and a reduction of the value of certain deferred tax assets.

 

Loss from Discontinued Operations, net of tax

 

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of approximately $0.5 million compared to $0 during 2007. The loss was due to the write-off of the principal on a note receivable related to the sale of our supply chain management services platform in December 2005. Due to the fact that the purchaser has failed to make interest payments since the fourth quarter of 2007 or the principal payment that was due on December 16, 2008, as well as solvency issues with the purchaser, we are uncertain about our ability to collect the principal due on the note. Accordingly, we wrote-off approximately $0.7 million related to the principal, less an associated tax benefit of approximately $0.2 million, during the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Net Loss

 

We incurred net losses of approximately $9.9 million and $2.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in the net loss was driven primarily by decreased gross margin, the increase in selling, general and administrative expenses, increased impairment losses and restructuring charges and loss from discontinued operations, partially offset by higher revenue and an income tax benefit, as discussed previously.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS — YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

The following table presents selected items from our Consolidated Statements of Operations in thousands of dollars and as a percentage of revenue for the periods indicated:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2007

 

% of Revenue

 

Year Ended December 31, 2006

 

% of Revenue

 

% change
2006 to 2007

 

Revenue

 

$

245,304

 

100.0

%

$

237,612

 

100.0

%

3.2

%

Cost of services

 

206,087

 

84.0

%

201,424

 

84.8

%

2.3

%

Gross profit

 

39,217

 

16.0

%

36,188

 

15.2

%

8.4

%

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

38,991

 

15.9

%

30,247

 

12.7

%

28.9

%

Impairment losses and restructuring charges

 

4,325

 

1.8

%

 

0.0

%

100.0

%

Operating (loss) income

 

(4,099

)

-1.7

%

5,941

 

2.5

%

-169.0

%

Net interest and other income

 

745

 

0.3

%

2,126

 

0.9

%

-65.0

%

(Loss) income from before income taxes

 

(3,354

)

-1.4

%

8,067

 

3.4

%

-141.6

%

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

(523

)

-0.2

%

2,303

 

1.0

%

-122.7

%

Net (loss) income

 

$

(2,831

)

-1.2

%

$

5,764

 

2.4

%

-149.1

%

 

The following table summarizes our revenues and gross profit for the periods indicated, by reporting segment:

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

(in 000s)

 

(% of Total)

 

(in 000s)

 

(% of Total)

 

United States:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

149,389

 

60.9

%

$

138,855

 

58.4

%

Cost of services

 

115,987

 

56.3

%

109,599

 

54.4

%

Gross profit

 

$

33,402

 

85.2

%

$

29,256

 

80.8

%

Gross profit %

 

22.4

%

 

 

21.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Canada:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

95,915

 

39.1

%

$

98,757

 

41.6

%

Cost of services

 

90,100

 

43.7

%

91,825

 

45.6

%

Gross profit

 

$

5,815

 

14.8

%

$

6,932

 

19.2

%

Gross profit %

 

6.1

%

 

 

7.0

%

 

 

 

 

22



 

Revenue

 

Revenue increased $7.7 million, or 3.2%, to $245.3 million during 2007. This increase was driven by U.S. revenue which increased by $10.5 million, or 7.6%. The increase in the U..S. was offset by declines in Canada which decreased 2.9%. The overall increase in revenue was due primarily to improved pricing on several contracts with existing customers, as well as revenue growth from new customers. Our alignment of resources with more profitable contracts in 2007 resulted in an increase in our average hourly production billing rate compared to 2006. The positive impact of these increases on revenue was offset slightly by a decline in our overall headcount. The decrease in headcount was due to the temporary closure of our Petersburg, Virginia facility, the permanent closure of our Hawkesbury, Ontario, Canada facility and staffing constraints in certain other sites during 2007.

 

Cost of Services and Gross Profit

 

Cost of services increased $4.7 million, or 2.3%, to $206.1 million during 2007. Gross profit as a percentage of revenue increased from 15.2% in 2006 to 16.0% in 2007. The improvement was driven by the U.S. which increased from 21.1% in 2006 to 22.4% in 2007. This was offset by a decline in Canadian gross margin from 7.0% to 6.1%. The overall gross profit percentage increase was due primarily to improved pricing on several contracts with existing customers, as well as revenue growth from higher margin clients. In addition, the closure of our Hawkesbury, Ontario, Canada site had a positive impact on gross profit as a percentage of revenue in 2007, as this site was underutilized and delivered relatively lower gross profit margins in 2006. Also contributing to the improvement in gross profit percentage was the decrease in costs associated with the opening of new facilities. In 2006, we incurred costs related to the opening of three new facilities, compared to costs incurred in the fourth quarter of 2007 related to one facility that opened in early 2008. These improvements in gross margin were offset by the adverse effects of the weakening U.S. dollar compared to the Canadian dollar.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $8.7 million, or 28.9%, to $39.0 million in 2007. As a percentage of revenue, selling, general and administrative expenses increased from 12.7% in 2006 to 15.9% in 2007. The increase was due to increased salary expense of approximately $3.1 million related primarily to turnover in our executive team, which resulted in increased severance, recruiting and hiring expenses. We also incurred increased bonus and stock based compensation expense of approximately $1.5 million and greater depreciation expense of approximately $1.9 million for corporate information technology initiatives in 2007. The remainder of the increase was due to various investments in human resources, technology, and process improvements in support of our long-term growth objectives.

 

Impairment Losses and Restructuring Charges

 

During 2007, we incurred approximately $3.6 million in impairment losses and approximately $0.7 million in restructuring charges. In August 2007, we closed our facility in Hawkesbury, Ontario, Canada which resulted in the Canada segment recognizing impairment losses of $1.3 million associated with facility leasehold improvements and $0.6 million in furniture and equipment. We also recorded $0.7 million in restructuring costs related to lease costs, telephony disconnects and other expenses related to the facility closure. In addition, management initiated a comprehensive review of our information technology infrastructure in 2007, which resulted in approximately $1.7 million in impairment losses in our U.S. segment. The impairment losses were associated with capitalized software costs on projects that would not be completed, and therefore, the carrying value was not recoverable. There were no impairment losses or restructuring charges recorded in 2006.

 

Operating (Loss) Income

 

Operating (loss) income declined $10.0 million during 2007 from operating income of $5.9 million in 2006 to an operating loss of $4.1 million in 2007. Operating margin declined to (1.7%) in 2007 from 2.5% in 2006. These declines were the result of the previously discussed increase in selling, general and administrative expenses and the impairment and restructuring charges, offset by an increase in gross profit.

 

Net Interest and Other Income

 

Net interest and other income decreased $1.4 million, or 65%, to $0.7 million in 2007, compared to $2.1 million in 2006, due primarily to higher interest expense of $0.7 million in 2007, resulting from the full year impact of interest on debt obligations entered into during the latter part of 2006. In addition, other income associated with bankruptcy proceeds from a previously impaired investment totaled only $0.1 million in 2007 compared to $0.7 million in 2006.

 

23



 

Income Tax (Benefit) Expense

 

Our effective income tax rate for 2007 was 15.6% compared to 28.5% in 2006, translating into an income tax benefit of $0.5 million in 2007 and income tax expense of $2.3 million in 2006. The change in the effective tax rate was primarily due to increases in the tax benefit on our pre-tax loss related to (a) $0.8 million in work opportunity credits received during 2007 in excess of amounts estimated for prior periods, and (b) a $0.3 million tax benefit relating to adjustments to estimates for our 2006 state, federal and Canadian tax returns. These tax benefit increases were offset by a decrease relating to a $1.7 million valuation allowance established in 2007 on capital loss carry forwards that management believes will not be offset by future capital gains prior to their expiration.

 

Net (Loss) Income

 

Net income declined to a net loss of $2.8 million in 2007 from net income of $5.8 million in 2006. This decline was driven by increases in selling, general and administrative expenses and impairment and restructuring charges and decreased interest and other income, as discussed previously.

 

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

 

As of December 31, 2008, working capital totaled $47.6 million and our current ratio was 2.58:1, compared to working capital of $66.2 million and a current ratio of 3.45:1 at December 31, 2007. We have historically financed our operations, liquidity requirements, capital expenditures, and capacity expansion primarily through cash flows from operations, and to a lesser degree, through various forms of debt and leasing arrangements. In addition to funding basic operations, our primary uses of cash typically relate to capital expenditures to upgrade our existing information technologies and service offerings and investments in our facilities. We believe that cash flows from operations and cash provided by short-term borrowings, when necessary, will adequately meet our ongoing operating

requirements and scheduled principal and interest payments, and we expect to be able to renew our existing line of credit or replace it with other financing arrangements when that line of credit expires on June 30, 2009. If we are unable to renew the line of credit or are unable to secure alternative sources of capital funding under satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to meet short-term cash needs required for operations or growth opportunities. We believe we will obtain financing to replace or extend this line of credit that will allow us to meet our short-term cash needs. However, the current poor conditions of the U.S. credit markets may adversely impact our ability to obtain financing. Any significant future expansion of our business may require us to secure additional cash resources. Our liquidity could be significantly impacted by general economic conditions, uncertainties in the credit markets and large cash requirements to expand our business or a decrease in demand for our services, particularly from any of our principal clients, which could arise from a number of factors, including, but not limited to, competitive pressures, adverse trends in the business process outsourcing market, industry consolidation, adverse circumstances with respect to the industries we service, and any of the other factors we describe more fully in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Net cash provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$

11,616

 

$

20,647

 

$

18,878

 

Investing activities

 

(20,621

)

(25,672

)

2,591

 

Financing activities

 

(3,722

)

(5,828

)

(4,681

)

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash

 

(719

)

442

 

(776

)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(13,446

)

$

(10,411

)

$

16,012

 

 

Our balance of cash and cash equivalents was $9.6 million at December 31, 2008, compared to a balance of $23.0 million at December 31, 2007.

 

CASH FLOWS — YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2008 AND DECEMBER 31, 2007

 

Operating Activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $11.6 million in 2008, compared to $20.6 million in 2007. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities of approximately $9.0 million was primarily due to the larger net loss during the period which increased by $7.1 million. Cash from operating activities also decreased by $7.9 million due to the increase in deferred tax assets. Deferred tax assets increased primarily due to the net operating loss carry forwards generated during 2008 that did not exist in 2007. These decreases to cash provided by operating activities were offset by increases related to 1) $2.4 million larger impairment losses due to site closures in 2008 and 2) $3.2 million greater accrued liabilities, which was a result of higher accrued payroll at December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2007 because of the growth in our number of employees.

 

24



Investing Activities.  Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $20.6 million in 2008, compared to $25.7 million in 2007.  This represents a decrease of approximately $5.1 million, which was due to greater net proceeds from the sale of investments, partially offset by higher capital expenditures.  During 2008, we had $7.4 million in proceeds from the sale of investments, net of purchases.  During 2007, we had $10.5 million in purchases of investments, net of proceeds.  This change was due to our focus on site expansion during 2008 which also resulted in capital expenditures increasing from $15.2 million in 2007 to $28.0 million in 2008.  During 2008 we opened four new sites, compared to no site openings in 2007.

 

Financing Activities.  Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $3.7 million in 2008, compared to $5.8 million in 2007.  The decrease of $2.1 million was due to $2.0 million less in principal payments during 2008 compared to 2007.  This was due in part to the maturity of our secured equipment loan with Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc. whereby we made our final principal payment on February 28, 2008.

 

CASH FLOWS — YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2007 AND DECEMBER 31, 2006

 

Operating Activities.  Net cash provided by operating activities was $20.6 million in 2007, compared to $18.9 million in 2006.  The increase in cash provided by operating activities was due primarily to the timing and size of changes in operating assets and liabilities.  Accounts payable, accrued liabilities, income taxes and other liabilities increased during 2007 by approximately $2.5 million compared to approximately $4.2 million in 2006, and accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets increased approximately $1.4 million in 2007, compared to approximately $6.1 million in 2006.  Additionally, our net loss was approximately $2.8 million in 2007 compared to net income of approximately $5.8 million in 2006 due primarily to approximately $3.6 million in non-cash impairment losses.  Our non-cash costs increased in 2007 by approximately $0.8 million related to stock-based compensation expense and approximately $0.3 million in depreciation expense.

 

Investing Activities.  Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $25.7 million in 2007, compared to net cash provided by investing activities of approximately $2.6 million during 2006.  In 2007, net purchases of investments was $10.5 million and purchases of property, plant and equipment was $15.2 million.  In 2006, net proceeds from investments was $22.4 million and purchases of property, plant and equipment was $20.1 million.  In 2006, we purchased property, plant and equipment related to the opening of  three new facilities, compared to property, plant and equipment purchases in the fourth quarter of 2007 related to one facility that opened in early 2008.  In 2006, we sold a large portion of our equity securities to fund the build-out of the new facilities which did not occur in 2007 as we invested cash on hand and cash generated by operating activities in investment securities.

 

Financing Activities.  Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $5.8 million in 2007, compared to approximately $4.7 million in 2006.  In 2006, we entered into a Canadian dollar secured equipment loan and a secured promissory note, which resulted in proceeds of approximately $13.3 million, offset by $2.8 million in principal payments on these borrowings and existing debt obligations in 2006.  During 2007, we did not have any proceeds from additional financing and made principal payments on existing borrowings of approximately $5.8 million.  In 2006, there was approximately $1.1 million of cash received upon the exercise of stock options, whereas there were no stock option exercises during 2007.  In addition, during 2006, we used approximately $16.3 million in cash to make dividend payments, which we ceased during fiscal year 2007.  In January 2007, our board of directors announced that it would not declare a quarterly dividend on our common stock in the first quarter of 2007 nor in the foreseeable future thereafter.  We plan to invest in growth initiatives in lieu of paying dividends.

 

CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS

 

Other than operating leases for certain equipment and real estate and commitments to purchase goods and services in the future, in each case as reflected in the table below, we have no off-balance sheet transactions, unconditional purchase obligations or similar instruments and we are not a guarantor of any other entities’ debt or other financial obligations, other than the Canadian Dollar Secured Equipment Loan and the Secured Promissory Note, as described below. The following table presents a summary (in thousands), by period, of our future contractual obligations and payments as of December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

Within 1 Year

 

1 - 2 Years

 

2 - 3 Years

 

3 - 4 Years

 

4 - 5 Years

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Operating leases (1)

 

$

6,863

 

$

6,749

 

$

5,849

 

$

4,209

 

$

2,958

 

$

6,984

 

$

33,612

 

Capital leases (2)

 

71

 

76

 

82

 

88

 

10

 

 

327

 

Purchase obligations (3)

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

Long-term debt, including current portion (4)

 

3,295

 

3,199

 

 

 

 

 

6,494

 

Total contractual obligations

 

$

10,291

 

$

10,024

 

$

5,931

 

$

4,297

 

$

2,968

 

$

6,984

 

$

40,495

 


(1)          We lease facilities and equipment under various non-cancelable operating leases.

 

(2)          We lease equipment under certain capital lease agreements.

 

(3)          Purchase obligations include commitments to purchase goods and services that in some cases may include provisions for cancellation.

 

(4)          Our outstanding debt obligations as of December 31, 2008 are described below.

 

25



Line of Credit

 

We maintain a $10.0 million secured line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) which we use to finance regular, short-term operating expenses.  The line of credit expires June 30, 2009.  Effective June 30, 2008, we entered into the Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “amendment”).  Under the amendment, borrowings under this line of credit bear interest at either a fluctuating rate per annum that is 1% below the Prime Rate or at a fixed rate per annum determined by the Bank to be 1.5% above LIBOR, when our total tangible net worth is $110 million or greater.  If our total tangible net worth is less than $110 million, borrowings under this line of credit bear interest at either a fluctuating rate per annum that is 0.75% below the Prime Rate or at a fixed rate per annum determined by the Bank to be 1.75% above LIBOR.  The interest rate on this facility was 2.25% as of December 31, 2008.  Under the amendment, at the end of each fiscal quarter, we must maintain a tangible net worth of $105 million plus 25% of net income (only if positive) for each fiscal quarter, beginning with the first quarter of 2008.  We also must maintain unencumbered liquid assets having an aggregate fair market value of not less than $10 million measured at the end of each fiscal quarter.  In connection with the amendment, we also granted the Bank a security interest in all of our accounts receivable, other rights to payment and general intangibles, including those of our subsidiary, StarTek USA, Inc.  We expect to renew the line of credit or replace it with other financing when this line of credit expires.  There was no balance outstanding on this line of credit as of December 31, 2008.

 

Canadian Dollar Secured Equipment Loan

 

On November 17, 2006, StarTek Canada Services, Ltd., one of our subsidiaries, borrowed approximately $9.6 million Canadian dollars from Wells Fargo Equipment Finance Company, Inc.  These borrowings are guaranteed by StarTek, Inc. and our subsidiary, StarTek USA, Inc., and are secured by fixed assets and tenant improvements at certain of our Canadian facilities.  Under the guarantee agreement, if StarTek Canada Services, Ltd. fails to pay its obligations under the loan agreement when due, the loan guarantors agree to punctually pay any indebtedness, along with interest and certain expenses incurred on behalf of Wells Fargo Equipment Finance Company, Inc. to enforce the guarantee, to Wells Fargo Equipment Finance Company, Inc. The loan will be repaid in 48 monthly installments of $0.225 million until maturity on November 20, 2010, which reflects an implicit annual interest rate of 5.77%.  We may elect to prepay amounts due under this loan, provided that we give Wells Fargo Equipment Finance Company, Inc. at least 30 days written notice and that we pay a prepayment premium, as stipulated in the loan agreement.  As of December 31, 2008, approximately $4.0 million U.S. dollars was outstanding under this loan.

 

Secured Equipment Promissory Note

 

On November 17, 2006, our subsidiary, StarTek USA, Inc., borrowed approximately $4.9 million from Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc.  The loan will be repaid with interest in 48 monthly installments of $0.115 million until maturity on November 30, 2010. The borrowings bear interest at an annual rate of 6.38% and are secured by fixed assets and tenant improvements at certain of our U.S. facilities.  The borrowings may be repaid early without penalty.  The promissory note is guaranteed by StarTek, Inc. and our subsidiary, StarTek Canada Services, Ltd.  Under the guarantee agreement, if StarTek USA, Inc. fails to pay its obligations under the loan agreement when due, the guarantors agree to full and prompt payment of each and every debt, liability and obligation of every type and description that StarTek USA, Inc. may now or in the future owe to Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc.  As of December 31, 2008, approximately $2.5 million was outstanding under this note.

 

OTHER FACTORS IMPACTING LIQUIDITY

 

Effective November 4, 2004, our board of directors authorized purchases of up to $25 million of our common stock.  The repurchase program will remain in effect until terminated by the board of directors and will allow us to repurchase shares of our common stock from time to time on the open market, in block trades and in privately-negotiated transactions.  Repurchases will be implemented by the Chief Financial Officer consistent with the guidelines adopted by the board of directors from time to time and will depend on market conditions and other factors.  Any repurchased shares will be made in accordance with SEC rules.  We have not yet repurchased any shares pursuant to this board authorization.

 

Our business currently has a high concentration on a few principal clients.  The loss of a principal client and/or changes in timing or termination of a principal client’s product launch or service offering would have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity, operating results, and financial condition.  These client relationships are further discussed in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and in Note 5,

 

26



“Principal Clients,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included at Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data,” of this Form 10-K.  To limit our credit risk, management from time to time will perform credit evaluations of our clients. Although we are directly impacted by the economic conditions in which our clients operate, management does not believe substantial credit risk existed as of December 31, 2008.

 

As of December 31, 2008, we had approximately $8.4 million invested in corporate debt securities.  There is a risk that if those companies in which we are invested suffer due to economic conditions or other reasons, we could realize losses on these investments which could impact our liquidity.  During the year ended December 31, 2008 we recorded $0.5 million in impairment charges related to Lehman Brothers corporate debt securities.  We do not currently consider any other declines in fair value to be other-than-temporary.

 

There is a risk that the counterparties to our hedging instruments could suffer financial difficulties due to economic conditions or other reasons and we could realize losses on these arrangements which could impact our liquidity.  However, we do not believe we are exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in our derivative hedging activities, as the counterparties are established, well-capitalized financial institutions.

 

Although management cannot accurately anticipate effects of domestic and foreign inflation on our operations, management does not believe inflation has had, or is likely in the foreseeable future to have, a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

 

VARIABILITY OF OPERATING RESULTS

 

Our business has been seasonal only to the extent that our clients’ marketing programs and product launches are geared toward the holiday buying season.  We have experienced and expect to continue to experience some quarterly variations in revenue and operating results due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside our control, including: (i) timing and amount of costs incurred to expand capacity in order to provide for volume growth from existing and future clients; (ii) changes in the volume of services provided to principal clients; (iii) expiration or termination of client projects or contracts; (iv) timing of existing and future client product launches or service offerings; (v) seasonal nature of certain clients’ businesses; and (vi) cyclical nature of certain clients’ businesses.

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

 

Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. The preparation of our financial statements require us to make estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our accounting estimates on historical experience and other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. However, actual results may vary from these estimates due to factors beyond our control or due to changes in these assumptions or conditions. We have discussed the development and selection of critical accounting policies and estimates with our Audit Committee. The following is a summary of our critical accounting policies and estimates we make in preparing our consolidated financial statements:

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We invoice our business process outsourcing services clients monthly in arrears and recognize revenue for such services when completed. For substantially all of our contractual arrangements for business process outsourcing services, we recognize revenue based either on the billable hours or minutes of each customer service representative, at rates provided in the client contract, or on a rate-per-transaction basis. The contractual rates can fluctuate based on our performance against certain pre-determined criteria related to quality and performance. Additionally, some clients are contractually entitled to penalties when we are out of compliance with certain quality and/or performance obligations defined in the client contract. Such penalties are recorded as a reduction to revenue as incurred, based on a measurement of the appropriate penalty under the terms of the client contract.

 

The provision of business process outsourcing services to our clients generally does not involve multiple elements in the context of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” We provide initial training to customer service representatives upon commencement of new business process outsourcing services contracts and recognize revenues for such training as the services are provided based upon the production rate (i.e., billable hours and rates related to the training services as stipulated in our contractual arrangements). Accordingly, the corresponding training costs, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are recognized as incurred.  Likewise, some client contracts stipulate that we are entitled to bonuses should we meet or exceed these predetermined quality and/or performance obligations.  These bonuses are recognized as incremental revenue in the period in which they are earned.

 

27



Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

We measure or monitor many assets and liabilities on a fair value basis.  Fair value is used on a recurring basis for assets and liabilities in which fair value is the primary basis of accounting.  Examples of these include derivative instruments, cash and cash equivalents, and available for sale securities.  Additionally, fair value is used on a non-recurring basis to evaluate assets or liabilities for impairment or for disclosure purposes.  Examples of these non-recurring uses of fair value include long-lived assets.  Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

We adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”) related to financial assets and liabilities as well as other assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of January 1, 2008 and the effect of such adoption was not material to our results of operations or financial position.  FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (“FSP No. 157-2”), deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008.  We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 157 related to other nonfinancial assets and liabilities prospectively for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2009.  We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting the provisions of SFAS No. 157 related to other nonfinancial assets and liabilities.

 

Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 159”).  SFAS No. 159 provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value, and establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 had no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2008.

 

When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at and/or marked to fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and consider assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.  When possible, we look to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities.  When identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, we look to market observable data for similar assets and liabilities.  Nevertheless, if certain assets and liabilities are not actively traded in observable markets, we must use alternative valuation techniques to derive a fair value measurement.  For additional information, see Note 6, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

We periodically, on at least an annual basis, evaluate potential impairments of our long-lived assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS No. 144”). In our annual evaluation or when we determine that the carrying value of long-lived assets may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more indicators of impairment, we evaluate the projected undiscounted cash flows related to the assets. If these cash flows are less than the carrying values of the assets, we measure the impairment based on the excess of the carrying value of the long-lived asset over the long-lived asset’s fair value. Our projections contain assumptions pertaining to anticipated levels of utilization and revenue that may or may not be under contract but are based on our experience and/or projections received from our customers.  We recognized impairment losses of approximately $5.9 million, $3.6 million and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  For additional information, see Note 2, “Restructuring Charges and Impairment Losses,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

 

Restructuring Charges

 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” (“SFAS No. 146”) specifies that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, instead of upon commitment to an exit plan. On an ongoing basis, management assesses the profitability and utilization of our facilities and in some cases management has chosen to close facilities.  A significant assumption used in determining the amount of the estimated liability for closing a facility is the estimated liability for future lease payments on vacant facilities, which we determine based on a third-party broker’s assessment of our ability to successfully negotiate early termination agreements with landlords and/or to sublease the facility. If the assumptions regarding early termination and the timing and amounts of sublease payments prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to record additional losses, or conversely, a future gain, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. We recognized restructuring charges of approximately $3.3 million, $0.7 million and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.   For additional information, see Note 2, “Restructuring Charges and Impairment Losses,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

 

28



Investments

 

We have historically invested in investment grade corporate bonds, convertible bonds, mutual funds, commercial paper, various forms of equity securities, option contracts, non-investment grade bonds, and alternative investment partnerships.  These investments are classified as trading securities, investments held to maturity or investments available for sale, based on our intent at the date of purchase. As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we were not invested in any trading securities or held-to-maturity securities.

 

We amended our investment policy in October 2006.  Under the amended policy, we may invest in certain U.S. Government and government-sponsored securities, repurchase agreements, option contracts, investment grade corporate obligations, corporate debt securities, municipal securities, mortgage-backed securities, money market and mutual funds, subject to the terms of the policy.   When the investments held in our portfolio as of December 31, 2008 mature, we intend to revise our investment policy such that we may invest in more conservative investments, including U.S. treasury securities, federal agency securities, repurchase agreements and money market funds.  The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for oversight of the investment portfolio.

 

We exercise judgment in periodically evaluating investments for impairment. Investments are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment in accordance with the provisions of FASB Staff Position Nos. FAS 115-1 and FAS 124-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.”  During 2008, we recognized a loss of $0.5 million on our investment in Lehman Brothers corporate debt securities that was determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired due to their bankruptcy announcement.

 

No investments were determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired during 2007 or 2006.  During 2008, 2007 and 2006, we recovered cash from an investment that had previously been written off.  For additional information, see Note 10, “Net Interest and Other Income,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

We follow the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” (“SFAS No. 133”) and related guidance for all of our derivative and hedging instruments. SFAS No. 133 requires every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) to be recorded in the consolidated balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value, with changes in the fair value of qualifying hedges recorded in other comprehensive income. SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in a derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains and losses to offset the related results of the hedged item and requires that we must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment.

 

We have elected to follow cash flow hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133 in order to associate the results of the hedges with forecasted future expenses.  The current mark-to-market gain or loss is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as a component of stockholders’ equity and will be re-classified to operations as the forecasted expenses are incurred, typically within one year.  During 2008, 2007 and 2006, our cash flow hedges were highly effective and there were no amounts charged to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income for hedge ineffectiveness. While we expect that our derivative instruments that have been designated as hedges will continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting, if such hedges do not qualify as highly effective or if we do not believe that forecasted transactions will occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges will be reflected in earnings.

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes using the liability method as prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS No. 109”). Deferred income taxes reflect net effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. We are subject to foreign income taxes on our foreign operations. We are required to estimate our income taxes in each jurisdiction in which we operate. This process involves estimating our actual current tax exposure, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. The tax effects of these temporary differences are recorded as deferred tax assets or deferred tax liabilities. Deferred tax assets generally represent items that can be used as a tax deduction or credit in our tax return in future years for which we have already recorded the expense in our financial statements. Deferred tax liabilities generally represent tax items that have been deducted for tax purposes, but have not yet been recorded as expenses in our financial statements.

 

29



As of December 31, 2008, we had long-term deferred tax assets, net of a valuation allowance, of approximately $8.9 million related to U.S. and Canadian jurisdictions whose recoverability is dependent upon future profitability.  In accordance with SFAS No. 109, we evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine if valuation allowances are required.  SFAS No. 109 requires that companies assess whether valuation allowances should be established based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard.  We made this evaluation as of December 31, 2008 and believe our deferred tax assets other than those that carry a valuation allowance will primarily be realized through the generation of future taxable income, as well as through the reversal of our existing temporary differences and the execution of available tax planning strategies. We believe it is “more likely than not” based upon our current estimates of future taxable income that the deferred tax assets will be realized.  Additional valuation allowances may be required if we are unable to generate future taxable income.  Additional tax valuation allowances could have a significant negative impact on future earnings.

 

Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”).  FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.  FIN 48 requires the recognition of penalties and interest on any unrecognized tax benefits.  Our policy is to reflect penalties and interest as part of income tax expense as they become applicable.  We file numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in many state jurisdictions, as well as in Canada and the Philippines.  Our U.S. federal returns and most state returns for tax years 2005 and forward are subject to examination.  Canadian returns for tax years 2004 and forward are subject to examination.  No U.S. federal or state returns are currently under audit, and no extensions of statute of limitations have been granted.  The 2004 and 2005 Canadian returns are currently under audit by the Canadian Revenue Agency.  The adoption of FIN 48 had no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, and as of December 31, 2008, there were no unrecognized income tax benefits.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

On January 1, 2006, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Statement No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123R”).  As such, during 2006, 2007 and 2008, we recognized expense related to all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income, based on the share-based payments’ fair values amortized straight-line over the period during which the employees are required to provide services in exchange for the equity instruments.  We adopted this standard using the modified prospective method, which stipulates that compensation expense be recognized beginning with the effective date for all share-based payments granted after the effective date and for all awards granted to employees prior to the effective date that remain unvested on the effective date.  We use the Black-Scholes method for valuing stock-based awards.  For additional information, see Note 9, “Share-Based Compensation,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, included in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data.”

 

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

In the normal course of business, we are exposed to certain market risks related to changes in interest rates and other general market risks, equity market prices, and foreign currency exchange rates.  We have established an investment portfolio policy which provides for, among other things, investment objectives and portfolio allocation guidelines.  All of our investment decisions are currently supervised or managed by our Chief Financial Officer.

 

This discussion contains forward-looking statements subject to risks and uncertainties.  Actual results could vary materially as a result of a number of factors, including but not limited to, changes in interest and inflation rates or market expectations thereon, equity market prices, foreign currency exchange rates, and those factors set forth in Item 1A. “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K.

 

INTEREST RATE RISK

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

At December 31, 2008, we had $9.6 million in cash and cash equivalents.  Cash and cash equivalents are not restricted.  We consider cash equivalents to be short-term, highly liquid investments readily convertible to known amounts of cash, and so near their maturity they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates.  We do not expect any substantial loss with respect to our cash and cash equivalents as a result of interest rate changes, and the estimated fair value of our cash and cash equivalents approximates original cost.

 

Investments

 

At December 31, 2008, we had investments available for sale which, in the aggregate, had a fair market value of $8.4 million.  At December 31, 2008, investments available for sale consisted entirely of investment-grade corporate bonds.  Our investment portfolio

 

30



is subject to interest and inflation rate risks and will fall in value if market interest and/or inflation rates or market expectations relating to these rates increase.

 

The fair market value of and estimated cash flows from our investments in corporate bonds are substantially dependent upon the credit worthiness of certain corporations expected to repay their debts to us.  If such corporations’ financial condition and liquidity adversely changes, our investments in these bonds would be materially and adversely affected.

 

The table below provides information (in thousands) as of December 31, 2008 about maturity dates and corresponding weighted-average interest rates related to our investments available for sale.

 

 

 

Weighted- Average Interest Rates

 

Within 1 Year

 

1 - 2 Years

 

2 - 3 Years

 

3 - 4 Years

 

4 - 5 Years

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Fair Value

 

Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

debt securities

 

3.60

%

$

5,991

 

$

2,522

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

8,513

 

$

8,437

 

Total

 

 

 

$

5,991

 

$

2,522

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

8,513

 

$

8,437

 

 

Management believes we have the ability to hold the foregoing investments until maturity, and therefore, if held to maturity, we would not expect the future proceeds from these investments to be affected, to any significant degree, by the effect of a sudden change in market interest rates. Declines in interest rates over time will, however, reduce our interest income derived from future investments.

 

Outstanding Debt

 

We currently have the following debt facilities:  1) a $10.0 million unsecured revolving line of credit, 2) a $9.6 million Canadian dollar secured equipment loan and 3) a $4.9 million secured promissory note.  These facilities are described in further detail within Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”  Also, please refer to Note 8 “Debt,” to our Consolidated Financial Statements, which are included at Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data,” of this Form 10-K, for further explanation of our debt arrangements.  The table below provides information (in thousands) as of December 31, 2008 about maturity dates related to our outstanding debt.

 

 

 

Within 1 Year

 

1 - 2 Years

 

2 - 3 Years

 

3 - 4 Years

 

4 - 5 Years

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

Debt obligations
(including current portion)

 

$

3,295

 

$

3,199

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

6,494

 

Capital leases

 

71

 

76

 

82

 

88

 

10

 

 

327

 

Total

 

$

3,366

 

$

3,275

 

$

82

 

$

88

 

$

10

 

$

 

$

6,821

 

 

FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RISKS

 

We enter into foreign currency exchange contracts to hedge our anticipated operating commitments that are denominated in foreign currencies.  The contracts cover periods commensurate with expected exposure, generally within six months, and are principally unsecured foreign exchange contracts.  The market risk exposure is essentially limited to risk related to currency rate movements.  Our Canadian and Philippine subsidiaries’ functional currencies are the Canadian dollar and the Philippine peso, respectively, which are used to pay labor and other operating costs in those countries. However, our client contracts generate revenues which are paid to us in U.S. dollars.  During 2008, we entered into Canadian dollar forward contracts with Wells Fargo Bank for $98.4 million Canadian dollars to hedge our foreign currency risk with respect to labor costs in Canada.  As of December 31, 2008, we have not entered into any arrangements to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in the Philippine peso relative to the U.S. dollar.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we recorded (losses) gains of approximately ($3,445), $1,828 and $768, respectively, for the settled Canadian dollar forward contracts included as a component of Cost of Services in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income.  As of December 31, 2008, we had contracted to purchase $49.2 million Canadian dollars to be delivered periodically through December 2009 at a purchase price which is no more than $42.9 million and no less than $42.2 million.

 

31



ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of this Form 10-K.

 

StarTek, Inc. and Subsidiaries:

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

32



 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of StarTek, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of StarTek, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of StarTek, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), StarTek, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 2, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

Denver, Colorado

March 2, 2009

 

 

33



 

STARTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND OTHER COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Revenue

 

$

272,890

 

$

245,304

 

$

237,612

 

Cost of services

 

238,496

 

206,087

 

201,424

 

Gross profit

 

34,394

 

39,217

 

36,188

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

40,814

 

38,991

 

30,247

 

Impairment losses and restructuring charges

 

9,225

 

4,325

 

 

Operating (loss) income

 

(15,645

)

(4,099

)

5,941

 

Net interest and other income

 

55

 

745

 

2,126

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

(15,590

)

(3,354

)

8,067

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

(6,150

)

(523

)

2,303

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 

(9,440

)

(2,831

)

5,764

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(461

)

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(9,901

)

$

(2,831

)

$

5,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

 

(1,463

)

1,331

 

(424

)

Unrealized loss on investments available for sale, net of tax

 

(32

)

(30

)

(2

)

Change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax

 

(1,464

)

255

 

(362

)

Comprehensive (loss) income

 

$

(12,860

)

$

(1,275

)

$

4,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share from continuing operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.64

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.64

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income per share including discontinued operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.67

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

Diluted

 

$

(0.67

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends declared per common share

 

$

 

$

 

$

1.11

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

34



 

STARTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

9,580

 

$

23,026

 

Investments

 

8,437

 

16,349

 

Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $32 and $0, respectively

 

51,510

 

48,887

 

Income tax receivable

 

2,675

 

2,502

 

Short-term deferred income tax assets

 

2,185

 

165

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

3,273

 

2,243

 

Total current assets

 

77,660

 

93,172

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

59,608

 

57,532

 

Long-term deferred tax assets

 

8,946

 

3,686

 

Other assets

 

650

 

1,068

 

Total assets

 

$

146,864

 

$

155,458

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

6,193

 

$

5,908

 

Derivative liability

 

2,323

 

 

Accrued liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued payroll

 

9,158

 

7,902

 

Accrued compensated absences

 

4,856

 

5,072

 

Other accrued liabilities

 

3,312

 

1,494

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

3,366

 

3,975

 

Short-term deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

1,274

 

Other current liabilities

 

883

 

1,358

 

Total current liabilities

 

30,091

 

26,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

3,455

 

7,380

 

Long-term deferred rent liability

 

4,501

 

2,731

 

Other liabilities

 

1,798

 

150

 

Total liabilities

 

39,845

 

37,244

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, 32,000,000 non-convertible shares, $0.01 par value, authorized; 14,813,912 and 14,735,791 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively

 

148

 

147

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

64,440

 

62,776

 

Cumulative translation adjustment, net of tax

 

1,090

 

2,553

 

Unrealized loss on investments available for sale, net of tax

 

(61

)

(29

)

Unrealized (loss) gain on derivative instruments, net of tax

 

(1,444

)

20

 

Retained earnings

 

42,846

 

52,747

 

Total stockholders’ equity

 

107,019

 

118,214

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

146,864

 

$

155,458

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

35



 

STARTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(9,901

)

$

(2,831

)

$

5,764

 

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

17,803

 

17,092

 

16,758

 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment

 

5,936

 

3,583

 

 

Non-cash compensation cost

 

1,493

 

1,107

 

321

 

Deferred income taxes

 

(7,492

)

454

 

(1,830

)

Realized loss (gain) on investments

 

500

 

 

(128

)

Loss (gain) on sale of assets

 

38

 

60

 

(98

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable, net

 

(2,683

)

(2,367

)

(5,752

)

Prepaid expenses and other assets

 

(767

)

1,004

 

(361

)

Accounts payable

 

292

 

230

 

939

 

Income taxes, net

 

(309

)

(1,214

)

2,946

 

Accrued and other liabilities

 

6,706

 

3,529

 

319

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

11,616

 

20,647

 

18,878

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of investments available for sale

 

(11,384

)

(36,813

)

(351,108

)

Proceeds from disposition of investments available for sale

 

18,742

 

26,348

 

373,466

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

(27,979

)

(15,207

)

(20,110

)

Proceeds from disposition of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

343

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

(20,621

)

(25,672

)

2,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from stock option exercises

 

 

 

1,112

 

Proceeds from borrowings

 

 

 

13,294

 

Principal payments on borrowings

 

(3,835

)

(5,828

)

(2,798

)

Dividend payments

 

 

 

(16,289

)

Proceeds from line of credit

 

116,886

 

56,782

 

36,597

 

Principal payments on line of credit

 

(116,886

)

(56,782

)

(36,597

)

Proceeds from the issuance of common stock

 

172

 

 

 

Principal payments on capital lease obligations

 

(59

)

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(3,722

)

(5,828

)

(4,681

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

(719

)

442

 

(776

)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(13,446

)

(10,411

)

16,012

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

23,026

 

33,437

 

17,425

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

9,580

 

$

23,026

 

$

33,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

660

 

$

772

 

$

237

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

2,312

 

$

1,990

 

$

3,013

 

Unrealized loss on investments available for sale, net of tax

 

$

(32

)

$

(30

)

$

(2

)

Property, plant and equipment acquired or refinanced under long-term debt

 

$

385

 

$

 

$

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

36



 

STARTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(Dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

 

Other

 

Total

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Paid-In

 

Retained

 

Comprehensive

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

Shares

 

Amount

 

Capital

 

Earnings

 

Income (Loss)

 

Equity

 

Balance, December 31, 2005

 

14,631,091

 

$

146

 

$

60,139

 

$

66,103

 

$

1,776

 

$

128,164

 

Stock options exercised

 

64,700

 

1

 

1,112

 

 

 

1,113

 

Income tax benefit from stock options exercised

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

97

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

321

 

 

 

321

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

(16,289

)

 

(16,289

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

5,764

 

 

5,764

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(424

)

(424

)

Unrealized loss on investments available for sale, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(2

)

(2

)

Change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(362

)

(362

)

Balance, December 31, 2006

 

14,695,791

 

$

147

 

$

61,669

 

$

55,578

 

$

988

 

$

118,382

 

Restricted shares granted

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

1,107

 

 

 

1,107

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,831

)

 

 

(2,831

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

1,331

 

1,331

 

Unrealized loss on investments available for sale, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(30

)

(30

)

Change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

255

 

255

 

Balance, December 31, 2007

 

14,735,791

 

$

147

 

$

62,776

 

$

52,747

 

$

2,544

 

$

118,214

 

Restricted shares granted

 

47,800

 

1

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

Restricted shares forfeited

 

(7,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock pursuant to Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

37,321

 

 

172

 

 

 

172

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

1,493

 

 

 

1,493

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,901

)

 

(9,901

)

Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(1,463

)

(1,463

)

Unrealized loss on investments available for sale, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(32

)

(32

)

Change in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

(1,464

)

(1,464

)

Balance, December 31, 2008

 

14,813,912

 

$

148

 

$

64,440

 

$

42,846

 

$

(415

)

$

107,019

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

37



STARTEK, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2008

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

1. BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

StarTek, Inc. is a provider of business process optimization services for outsourced customer interactions.  Since 1987, we have provided customer experience management solutions that solve strategic business challenges so that fast-moving businesses can effectively manage customer relationships across all contact points including web, voice, email, fax, and video. This blended solution helps companies create and maintain customer satisfaction and frees them to focus on preserving capital, while we deliver the ultimate customer experience. Headquartered in Denver, Colorado, we operated 20 facilities in the U.S., Canada and the Philippines as of December 31, 2008.  We operate within three business segments:  the U.S., Canada and Offshore.

 

Consolidation

 

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all wholly-owned subsidiaries after elimination of intercompany accounts and transactions.

 

Reclassifications

 

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2007 and 2006 financial statements to conform to 2008 presentation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires our management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts reported in our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.  Estimates and assumptions are reviewed periodically, and the effects of revisions are reflected in the consolidated financial statements in the period they are determined to be necessary.

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

 

We are exposed to credit risk in the normal course of business, primarily related to accounts receivable and derivative instruments.  Historically, the losses related to credit risk have been immaterial.  We regularly monitor credit risk to mitigate the possibility of current and future exposures resulting in a loss.  We evaluate the creditworthiness of clients prior to entering into an agreement to provide services and on an on-going basis as part of the processes of revenue recognition and accounts receivable.  We do not believe we are exposed to more than a nominal amount of credit risk in our derivative hedging activities, as the counter parties are established, well-capitalized financial institutions.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The assets and liabilities of our foreign operations that are recorded in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the weighted-average exchange rate during the reporting period. Resulting translation adjustments, net of applicable deferred income taxes, are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying Balance Sheets, which is a separate component of stockholders’ equity.  Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income. Such gains and losses were not material for any period presented.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

We invoice our clients monthly in arrears and recognize revenues for such services when completed. Substantially all of our contractual arrangements are based either on a production rate, meaning that we recognize revenue based on the billable hours or minutes of each call center agent, or on a rate per transaction basis.  These rates could be based on the number of paid hours the agent works, the number of minutes the agent is available to answer calls, or the number of minutes the agent is actually handling calls for the client, depending on the client contract.  Production rates vary by client contract and can fluctuate based on our performance against certain pre-determined criteria related to quality and performance. Additionally, some clients are contractually entitled to penalties when we are out of compliance with certain quality and/or performance obligations defined in the client contract. Such penalties are recorded as a reduction to revenue as incurred based on a measurement of the appropriate penalty under the terms of the client contract.  Likewise, some client contracts stipulate that we are entitled to bonuses

 

38



should we meet or exceed these predetermined quality and/or performance obligations.  These bonuses are recognized as incremental revenue in the period in which they are earned.

 

As a general rule, our contracts are not multiple element contracts in the context of Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”)  Issue No. 00-21, “Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.” We provide initial training to customer service representatives upon commencement of new contracts and recognize revenues for such training as the services are provided based upon the production rate (i.e., billable hours and rates related to the training services as stipulated in our contractual arrangements). Accordingly, the corresponding training costs, consisting primarily of labor and related expenses, are recognized as incurred.

 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

An allowance for doubtful accounts is provided for known and estimated potential losses arising from sales to customers based on a periodic review of these accounts.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

We measure or monitor many assets and liabilities on a fair value basis.  Fair value is used on a recurring basis for assets and liabilities in which fair value is the primary basis of accounting.  Examples of these include derivative instruments, cash and cash equivalents, and available for sale securities.  Additionally, fair value is used on a non-recurring basis to evaluate assets or liabilities for impairment or for disclosure purposes.  Examples of these non-recurring uses of fair value include long-lived assets.  Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

 

We adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (“SFAS No. 157”) related to financial assets and liabilities as well as other assets and liabilities carried at fair value on a recurring basis as of January 1, 2008 and the effect of such adoption was not material to our results of operations or financial position.  FASB Staff Position No. 157-2, “Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157” (“FSP No. 157-2”), deferred the effective date of SFAS No. 157 for all nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008.  We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 157 related to other nonfinancial assets and liabilities prospectively for our fiscal year beginning January 1, 2009.  We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting the provisions of SFAS No. 157 related to other nonfinancial assets and liabilities.

 

Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Liabilities” (“SFAS No. 159”).  SFAS No. 159 provides companies with an option to report selected financial assets and liabilities at fair value, and establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to facilitate comparisons between companies that choose different measurement attributes for similar types of assets and liabilities. The adoption of SFAS No. 159 had no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements as of December 31, 2008.

 

SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value.  The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements).  The levels of the fair value hierarchy under SFAS No. 157 are described below:

 

Level 1

 

Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.

 

 

 

Level 2

 

Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.

 

 

 

Level 3

 

Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.

 

 

When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at and/or marked to fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and consider assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability.  When possible, we look to active and observable markets to price identical assets or liabilities.  When identical assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, we look to market observable data for similar assets and liabilities.  Nevertheless, if certain assets and liabilities are not actively traded in observable markets, we must use alternative valuation techniques to derive a fair value measurement.

 

39



Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

We consider cash equivalents to be short-term, highly liquid investments readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates.

 

Investments

 

Investments available for sale have historically consisted of debt securities reported at fair value.  We amended our investment policy in October 2006.  Under the amended policy, we may invest in certain U.S. Government and government-sponsored securities, repurchase agreements, investment grade corporate obligations, corporate debt securities, municipal securities, mortgage-backed securities, money market and mutual funds, subject to the terms of the policy.  When the investments held in our portfolio as of December 31, 2008 mature, we intend to revise our investment policy such that we may invest in more conservative investments, including U.S. treasury securities, federal agency securities, repurchase agreements and money market funds.  The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for oversight of the investment portfolio.

 

Investments are periodically evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment whenever the fair value falls below our cost basis. We then consider additional factors such as market conditions, the industry sectors in which the issuer of the investment operates, and the viability and prospects of each entity.  Other-than-temporary declines in fair value are reflected on the statement of operations within Net Interest and Other Income.  Original cost of investments available for sale is based on the specific identification method. Other-than-temporary impairments and interest income from investments available for sale is included in Net Interest and Other Income on the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income.  Investments available for sale are carried at fair market values.  As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, we were not invested in any trading securities or held-to-maturity securities.

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

We follow the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” and related guidance (“SFAS No. 133”) for all of our derivative and hedging instruments. SFAS No. 133 requires every derivative instrument (including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) to be recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value, with changes in the fair value of qualifying hedges recorded in other comprehensive income. SFAS No. 133 requires that changes in a derivative’s fair value be recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Special accounting for qualifying hedges allows a derivative’s gains and losses to offset the related results of the hedged item and requires that we must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment.

 

We have elected cash flow hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133 in order to associate the results of the hedges with forecasted future expenses.  The current mark-to-market gain or loss is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets and will be re-classified to operations as the forecasted expenses are incurred, typically within one year.  During 2008, 2007 and 2006, our cash flow hedges were highly effective and there were no amounts charged to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income for hedge ineffectiveness. While we expect that our derivative instruments that have been designated as hedges will continue to meet the conditions for hedge accounting, if hedges do not qualify as highly effective or if we do not believe that forecasted transactions will occur, the changes in the fair value of the derivatives used as hedges will be reflected in earnings.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We reserve for legal contingencies when a liability for those contingencies has become probable and the cost is reasonably estimable, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies” (“SFAS No. 5”).  Any significant litigation or significant change in our estimates on our outstanding litigation could cause us to increase our provision for related costs, which, in turn, could materially affect our financial results.  Any provision made for these anticipated costs are expensed to operating expenses in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income.

 

40



Property, Plant and Equipment

 

Property, plant, and equipment are stated at depreciated cost. Additions, improvements, and major renewals are capitalized. Maintenance, repairs, and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Depreciation and amortization is computed using the straight-line method based on their estimated useful lives, as follows:

 

 

 

Estimated Useful Life

Buildings and improvements

 

3-30 years

Telephone and computer equipment

 

3-5 years

Software

 

3 years

Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment

 

5-7 years

 

We depreciate leasehold improvements associated with operating leases over the shorter of the expected useful life or the initial term of the leases.  Depreciation for assets obtained under a capital lease is included in depreciation expense.

 

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

 

We periodically, on at least an annual basis, evaluate potential impairments of our long-lived assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets” (“SFAS No. 144”). In our annual evaluation or when we determine that the carrying value of a long-lived asset may not be recoverable, based upon the existence of one or more indicators of impairment, we evaluate the projected undiscounted cash flows related to the assets. If these cash flows are less than the carrying values of the assets, we measure the impairment based on the excess of the carrying value of the long-lived asset over the long-lived asset’s fair value.  Our projections contain assumptions pertaining to anticipated levels of utilization and revenue that may or may not be under contract but are based on our experience and/or projections received from our customers.

 

Restructuring Charges

 

Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 146, “Accounting for Costs Associated with Exit or Disposal Activities” (“SFAS No. 146”) specifies that a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity be recognized when the liability is incurred, instead of upon commitment to an exit plan. On an ongoing basis, management assesses the profitability and utilization of our facilities and in some cases management has chosen to close facilities.  A significant assumption used in determining the amount of the estimated liability for closing a facility is the estimated liability for future lease payments on vacant facilities, which we determine based on a third-party broker’s assessment of our ability to successfully negotiate early termination agreements with landlords and/or to sublease the facility. If the assumptions regarding early termination and the timing and amounts of sublease payments prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to record additional losses, or conversely, a future gain, in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive (Loss) Income. The accrual for restructuring liabilities is included in Other Accrued Liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

Operating Leases

 

We have negotiated certain rent holidays, landlord/tenant incentives and escalations in the base price of the rent payments over the term of our operating leases. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, “Accounting for Leases,” Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Technical Bulletin 88-1, “Issues Relating to Accounting for Leases,” and FASB Technical Bulletin 85-3, “Accounting for Operating Leases with Scheduled Rent Increases,” we recognize rent holidays and rent escalations on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The landlord/tenant incentives are recorded as deferred rent and amortized on a straight line over the lease term.

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes using the liability method of accounting for income taxes as prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” (“SFAS No. 109”). Deferred income taxes reflect net effects of temporary differences between carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and amounts used for income tax purposes. We are subject to foreign income taxes on our foreign operations.  In accordance with SFAS No. 109, we evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine if valuation allowances are required.  SFAS No. 109 requires that companies assess whether valuation allowances should be established based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard.  We made this evaluation as of December 31, 2008 and believe our deferred tax assets other than those that carry a valuation allowance will primarily be realized through the generation of future taxable income, as well as through the reversal of our existing temporary differences and the execution of available tax planning strategies. We believe it is “more likely than not” based upon our current estimates of future taxable income that the deferred tax assets will be realized.  Additional valuation allowances may be required if we are unable to generate future taxable income.  Additional tax valuation allowances could have a significant negative impact on future earnings.

 

41



Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109” (“FIN 48”).  FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken on a tax return.  FIN 48 requires the recognition of penalties and interest on any unrecognized tax benefits.  Our policy is to reflect penalties and interest as part of income tax expense as they become applicable.  We file numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and in many state jurisdictions, as well as in Canada and the Philippines.  Our U.S. federal returns and most state returns for tax years 2005 and forward are subject to examination.  Canadian returns for tax years 2004 and forward are subject to examination.  No U.S. federal or state returns are currently under audit, and no extensions of statute of limitations have been granted.  The 2004 and 2005 Canadian returns are currently under audit by the Canadian Revenue Agency.  The adoption of FIN 48 had no impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements, and as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, there were no unrecognized income tax benefits.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We account for stock-based compensation in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123R, “Share-Based Payment” (“SFAS No. 123R”).  As such, we recognize expense related to all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income based on the share-based payments’ fair values amortized straight-line over the period during which the employees are required to provide services in exchange for the equity instruments.  SFAS No. 123R also requires an estimate of forfeitures when calculating compensation expense.  We use the Black-Scholes method for valuing stock-based awards.  See Note 9, “Share-Based Compensation,” for further information regarding the assumptions used to calculate share-based payment expense.

 

Employee Benefit Plan

 

We have a safe harbor 401(k) plan that allows participation by employees who have completed six months of service and are 21 years or older.  Participants may defer up to 60% of their gross pay, up to a maximum limit determined by U.S. Federal law.  Participants receive a matching contribution after one year of service, of 100% of the participant’s contribution for the first 3% and 50% of the participant’s contribution for the next 2%.  Company matching contributions to the 401(k) plan totaled $624, $459 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements

 

In December 2007, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141 (revised 2007), “Business Combinations” (“SFAS No. 141R”). SFAS No. 141R establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer in a business combination (i) recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree, (ii) recognizes and measures the goodwill acquired in a business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase, and (iii) determines what information to disclose to enable users of financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS No. 141R will be applied prospectively to business combinations that have an acquisition date on or after January 1, 2009. The provisions of SFAS No. 141R will not impact our Consolidated Financial Statements for prior periods.

 

In March 2008, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 161, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, an amendment of SFAS No. 133” (“SFAS No. 161”).  This statement will require additional disclosures about how and why we use derivative financial instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No. 133 and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.  SFAS No. 161 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after November 15, 2008; however early adoption is encouraged, as are comparative disclosures for earlier periods.  We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting SFAS No. 161 on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

In October 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position No. 157-3, “Determining Fair Value of a Financial Asset in a Market That Is Not Active” (“FSP No. 157-3”). FSP No. 157-3 clarified the application of SFAS No. 157 in an inactive market.  FSP No. 157-3 demonstrates how the fair value of a financial asset is determined when the market for that financial asset is inactive. FSP No. 157-3 was effective upon issuance, including prior periods for which financial statements had not been issued. The implementation of this standard did not have a material impact on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

2.  RESTRUCTURING CHARGES AND IMPAIRMENT LOSSES

 

In August 2007, we closed our facility in Hawkesbury, Ontario, Canada.  In August 2008 and December 2008, we closed our facilities in Big Spring, Texas and Petersburg, Virginia, respectively.  We have recorded restructuring charges related to lease costs and other expenses related to the facility closures.  In accordance with SFAS No. 146, we recognized the liability when it was incurred, instead

 

42



of upon commitment to a plan.  A significant assumption used in determining the amount of estimated liability incurred in closing sites is the estimated liability for future lease payments on vacant facilities.  If the assumptions regarding early termination and the timing and amounts of sublease payments prove to be inaccurate, we may be required to record additional losses, or conversely, a future gain, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.  The restructuring accruals are included in Other Accrued Liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

 

We expect to incur total restructuring charges related to our Canada segment of approximately $2,344 related to the Hawkesbury closure.  We expect to incur total restructuring charges related to our U.S. segment of approximately $1,963 ($403 and $1,560 related to the Big Spring and Petersburg closures, respectively).  We expect completion of the Hawkesbury and Petersburg restructuring plans no later than 2012 and 2013, respectively; however, it may be earlier depending on our ability to sublease the respective facility or buy-out the lease.  During February 2009, we bought out the remainder of the lease at the Big Spring facility for approximately $184 and expect to pay the remainder of the restructuring costs during the first quarter of 2009.

 

A summary of the activity under the restructuring plans as of December 31, 2008, and changes during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 are presented below:

 

 

 

Facility-Related Costs

 

 

 

Hawkesbury

 

Canada Total

 

Big Spring

 

Petersburg

 

U.S. Total

 

Company Total

 

Balance as of December 31, 2006

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Expense

 

742

 

742

 

 

 

 

742

 

Payments

 

(288

)

(288

)

 

 

 

(288

)

Reclassification of long-term liability

 

48

 

48

 

 

 

 

48

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2007

 

$

502

 

$

502

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

502

 

Expense

 

1,554

 

1,554

 

271

 

1,464

 

1,735

 

3,289

 

Payments

 

(617

)

(617

)

(195

)

(158

)

(353

)

(970

)

Reclassification of long-term liability

 

 

 

132

 

96

 

228

 

228

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

(340

)

(340

)

 

 

 

(340

)

Balance as of December 31, 2008

 

$

1,099

 

$

1,099

 

$

208

 

$

1,402

 

$

1,610

 

$

2,709

 

 

Impairment Losses

 

In accordance with SFAS No. 144, we evaluate long-lived assets, including property, plant and equipment, for impairment on at least an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts of specific assets or a group of assets may not be recoverable.  In accordance with SFAS No. 144, we analyze the projected undiscounted cash flows related to the assets and if they are less than the carrying value of the assets, we measure the impairment based on the excess of the carrying value of the long-lived asset over the long-lived asset’s fair value.  Fair value is determined based upon the present value of the future cash flows.  Our projections contain assumptions pertaining to anticipated levels of utilization and revenue that may or may not be under contract but are based on our experience and/or projections received from our customers.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized impairment losses of approximately $5,936.  Approximately $1,794 related to the Canada segment, which was comprised of $1,486 related to impairment of long-lived assets at certain Canadian locations in which the future cash flows were less than the carrying value of the assets and 2) $308 of leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures and equipment in connection with the closure of our Hawkesbury, Ontario, Canada facility.  Approximately $4,142 of impairment losses related to the U.S. segment, which comprised of 1) $1,189 related to the write-off of capitalized software costs for information technology infrastructure initiatives which management has decided to discontinue, 2) $1,087 of leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures and equipment in connection with the closure of our Big Spring, Texas facility, and 3) $1,866 of leasehold improvements, furniture and fixtures and equipment in connection with the closure of our Petersburg, Virginia facility.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2007, we incurred a total of $3,583 in impairment losses, of which $1,838 was in our Canada segment due to the Hawkesbury closure.  We recorded $1,745 in impairment losses in the U.S. segment due to the write-off of capitalized software costs in which the projects were not completed and therefore, the carrying value was not recoverable.  During the year ended December 31, 2006, we incurred $0 impairment losses and restructuring charges.

 

43



 

3.  DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

On December 16, 2005, we sold our supply chain management services platform to a third party.  In connection with this sale, we received a five-year $740 unsecured note.  The terms of the note call for the purchaser to make quarterly interest payments at a fixed rate of 7% per annum for the first two years.  Thereafter, the purchaser must make principal plus interest payments with the first principal payment due December 16, 2008 and the entire balance due on or before December 16, 2010.  The purchaser has failed to make interest payments since the fourth quarter of 2007 and we were unable to collect the principal balance due December 16, 2008.  We have concerns regarding the solvency of the purchaser and are uncertain about our ability to collect on the note.  Due to the potential uncollectibility of this note, we wrote-off the $740 principal balance, net of tax of $279, which is included as a loss from discontinued operations on our Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

4. NET (LOSS) INCOME PER SHARE

 

Basic and diluted net (loss) income per common share is computed on the basis of our weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, as determined by using the calculations outlined below:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations

 

$

(9,440

)

$

(2,831

)

$

5,764

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

 

(461

)

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(9,901

)

$

(2,831

)

$

5,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock

 

14,713

 

14,696

 

14,680

 

Dilutive effect of stock options

 

 

 

34

 

Common stock and common stock equivalents

 

14,713

 

14,696

 

14,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net (loss) income per share from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(0.64

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

Discontinued operations

 

(0.03

)

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(0.67

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net (loss) income per share from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(0.64

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

Discontinued operations

 

(0.03

)

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(0.67

)

$

(0.19

)

$

0.39

 

 

Diluted earnings per share is computed on the basis of our weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus the effect of dilutive outstanding stock options using the treasury stock method.  Anti-dilutive securities totaling 1,690 and 1,660 for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, were not included in our calculation due to our net loss position and anti-dilutive securities of 395 for the year ended December 31, 2006 were not included in our calculation because the stock options’ exercise prices were greater than the average market price of the common shares during the periods presented.

 

5. PRINCIPAL CLIENTS

 

The following table represents revenue concentration of our principal clients.

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

AT&T Inc. (formerly Cingular Wireless, LLC and AT&T Corp.)

 

54.9

%

50.4

%

52.7

%

T-Mobile, a subsidiary of Deutsche Telekom

 

26.7

%

21.8

%

21.2

%

 

The revenues from AT&T Inc. and T-Mobile were generated in our U.S. and Canada segments during 2008, 2007 and 2006.  During 2008, a portion of the revenue in our Offshore segment related to AT&T Inc.  The loss of a principal client and/or changes in timing or termination of a principal client’s product launch, volume delivery or service offering would have a material adverse effect on our business, revenue, operating results, and financial condition.   To limit our credit risk, management from time to time will perform

 

44



credit evaluations of our clients. Although we are directly impacted by the economic conditions in which our clients operate, management does not believe substantial credit risk existed as of December 31, 2008.

 

Our work for AT&T Inc. (AT&T) is covered by several contracts for a variety of different lines of AT&T business, some of which contracts expire in 2009 and others in 2010.  For example, we entered into a contract covering certain customer care services with AT&T Mobility LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of AT&T, in May 2008 that expires in April 2010.  Previously, in December 2006, we entered into another contract covering certain business care services that has been extended through March 31, 2009, while the parties negotiate a new agreement for such services.  We entered into a services agreement and statement of work with T-Mobile (the “T-Mobile Contract”) for the provision of certain call center services, each having an initial term expiring September 30, 2009, that automatically renews from year-to-year, subject to non-renewal by either party.

 

6.  FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, investments, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, derivative instruments, a line of credit and long-term debt. Carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, and accounts payable approximate fair value due to the short term nature of these accounts. Investments and derivative instruments are reported at fair value. Management believes differences between the fair value and the carrying value of the line of credit and long-term debt are not material because interest rates approximate market rates for material items.  As discussed in Note 1, “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”, effective January 1, 2008, we adopted SFAS No. 157 and SFAS No. 159.  In our adoption of SFAS No. 159, we did not identify any assets or liabilities, previously recorded at other than fair value, which we determined to begin measuring at fair value.

 

The following table summarizes our financial instruments measured at fair value as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

December 31, 2008

 

December 31, 2007

 

 

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Assets

 

Liabilities

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

9,580

 

$

 

$

23,026

 

$

 

Investments

 

8,437

 

 

16,349

 

 

Derivative instruments

 

 

2,323

 

27

 

 

Total

 

$

18,017

 

$

2,323

 

$

39,402

 

$

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

We consider cash equivalents to be short-term, highly liquid investments readily convertible to known amounts of cash and so near their maturity they present insignificant risk of changes in value because of changes in interest rates.  As of December 31, 2007, included in cash and cash equivalents was commercial paper with a fair value of $13,079.  We did not have any investments in commercial paper as of December 31, 2008.

 

Investments

 

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, investments available for sale consisted of:

 

 

 

Basis

 

Gross Unrealized Gains

 

Gross Unrealized Losses

 

Fair Value

 

As of December 31, 2008:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

$

8,513

 

$

9

 

$

(85

)

$

8,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2007:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

$

16,412

 

$

59

 

$

(122

)

$

16,349

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized a loss totaling $500 (representing the entire basis amount) on a Lehman Brothers corporate debt security that was determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired due to their bankruptcy announcement.  The Lehman Brothers corporate debt security was in an unrealized loss position for eleven months prior to the recognition of the

 

45



other-than-temporary impairment.  We do not consider the remainder of our investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired because we have the ability and intent to hold these investments until a market price recovery or maturity.  We did not record any other-than-temporary impairments for the years ended December 31, 2007 or 2006.

 

The following table summarizes the aggregate fair value of those investments in a gross unrealized loss position:

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

December 31, 2008

 

December 31, 2007

 

Investments in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate unrealized losses on corporate debt securities

 

$

(38

)

$

(122

)

Aggregate fair value of corporate debt securities

 

1,996

 

7,981

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investments in a continuous unrealized loss position for greater than 12 months

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate unrealized losses on corporate debt securities

 

$

(47

)

$

 

Aggregate fair value of corporate debt securities

 

3,447

 

 

 

Proceeds from the sale of investment securities available for sale were $18,742, $26,348 and $373,466 in 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively; gross realized gains included in other income in 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $1, $nil and $148, respectively; and gross realized losses included in other income in 2008, 2007 and 2006 were $501, $0 and $20, respectively.

 

As of December 31, 2008, the basis of investments available for sale by contractual maturity were:

 

 

 

 

Within 1 Year

 

1 - 5 Years

 

After 5 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

$

5,991

 

$

2,522

 

$

 

$

8,513

 

Total

 

$

5,991

 

$

2,522

 

$

 

$

8,513

 

 

Our corporate debt securities and commercial paper are valued using third party broker statements.  The value of the majority of our corporate debt securities is derived from quoted market information.  The inputs to the valuation are generally classified as Level 1 given the active market for these securities; however, if an active market does not exist, the inputs are recorded at a lower level in the fair value hierarchy.  The value of commercial paper is derived from pricing models using inputs based upon market information, including face value, contractual terms and interest rates.

 

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

 

We enter into foreign exchange contracts to hedge our anticipated operating commitments that are denominated in foreign currencies.  The contracts cover periods commensurate with expected exposure, generally within six months, and are principally unsecured foreign currency exchange contracts.  The market risk exposure is essentially limited to risk related to currency rate movements.  Our Canadian and Philippine subsidiaries’ functional currencies are the Canadian dollar and the Philippine peso, which are used to pay labor and other operating costs in those countries.  However, our client contracts generate revenues which are paid to us in U.S. dollars.  During 2008, we entered into Canadian dollar forward contracts with Wells Fargo Bank for $98.4 million Canadian dollars to hedge our foreign currency risk with respect to our labor costs in Canada.  As of December 31, 2008, we have not entered into any arrangements to hedge our exposure to fluctuations in the Philippine peso relative to the U.S. dollar.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we recorded (losses) gains of approximately ($3,445), $1,828 and $768, respectively, for the settled Canadian dollar forward contracts included as a component of Cost of Services in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations and Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income.  As of December 31, 2008, we had $2,323 in derivative liabilities, and a related tax benefit of $879.  As of December 31, 2007, we had $29 in derivative assets and related tax expense of $9.  As of December 31, 2008, we had contracted to purchase $49.2 million Canadian dollars to be delivered periodically through December 2009 at a purchase price which is no more than $42.9 million and no less than $42.2 million.

 

Our derivative instruments are valued using third party broker or counterparty statements.  The value is derived from pricing models using inputs based upon market information, including contractual terms, market prices and yield curves.

 

46



 

Fair Value Hierarchy

 

The following table sets forth our financial instruments by level within the fair value hierarchy.  As required by SFAS  No. 157, assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities at Fair Value as of December 31, 2008

 

 

 

Level 1

 

Level 2

 

Level 3

 

Total

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate debt securities

 

$

7,441

 

$

996

 

$

 

$

8,437

 

Total financial assets

 

$

7,441

 

$

996

 

$

 

$

8,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative instruments

 

$

 

$

2,323

 

$

 

$

2,323

 

Total financial liabilities

 

$

 

$

2,323

 

$

 

$

2,323

 

 

7. PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT

 

Our property, plant and equipment as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, consisted of the following, by asset class:

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Land

 

$

1,671

 

$

1,733

 

Buildings and improvements

 

47,895

 

39,413

 

Telephone and computer equipment

 

48,092

 

50,443

 

Software

 

29,937

 

27,866

 

Furniture, fixtures, and miscellaneous equipment

 

21,285

 

21,008

 

Construction in progress

 

3,388

 

8,047

 

 

 

152,268

 

148,510

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(92,660

)

(90,978

)

Total property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

59,608

 

$

57,532

 

 

8. DEBT

 

As of December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively, we had the following balances outstanding on our long-term debt facilities:

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

3.65% secured equipment loan

 

$

 

$

446

 

Secured equipment promissory note

 

2,484

 

3,665

 

Canadian dollar secured equipment loan

 

4,010

 

7,244

 

Capital leases

 

327

 

 

 

 

6,821

 

11,355

 

Less current portion of long-term debt

 

(3,366

)

(3,975

)

Long-term debt, less current portion

 

$

3,455

 

$

7,380

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2008, future scheduled annual principal payments on long-term debt (excluding capital leases) are:

 

 

 

Amount

 

2009

 

$

3,295

 

2010

 

3,199

 

 

 

$

6,494

 

 

47



 

Line of Credit

 

We maintain a $10.0 million secured line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the “Bank”) which we use to finance regular, short-term operating expenses.  The line of credit expires June 30, 2009.  Effective June 30, 2008, we entered into the Fifth Amendment to the Credit Agreement (the “amendment”).  Under the amendment, borrowings under this line of credit bear interest at either a fluctuating rate per annum that is 1% below the Prime Rate or at a fixed rate per annum determined by the Bank to be 1.5% above LIBOR, when our total tangible net worth is $110 million or greater.  If our total tangible net worth is less than $110 million, borrowings under this line of credit bear interest at either a fluctuating rate per annum that is 0.75% below the Prime Rate or at a fixed rate per annum determined by the Bank to be 1.75% above LIBOR.  The interest rate on this facility was 2.25% as of December 31, 2008.  Under the amendment, at the end of each fiscal quarter, we must maintain a tangible net worth of $105 million plus 25% of net income (only if positive) for each fiscal quarter, beginning with the first quarter of 2008.  We also must maintain unencumbered liquid assets having an aggregate fair market value of not less than $10 million measured at the end of each fiscal quarter.  In connection with the amendment, we also granted the Bank a security interest in all of our accounts receivable, other rights to payment and general intangibles, including those of our subsidiary, StarTek USA, Inc.  We were in compliance with all of our debt covenants related to this facility as of December 31, 2008 and 2007.  No amounts were outstanding under this line of credit as of December 31, 2008 or 2007.

 

3.65% Secured Equipment Loan

 

As of December 31, 2007, we had an outstanding balance of approximately $0.4 million on a secured equipment loan with Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc.  We made our final principal payment on February 28, 2008 and as of December 31, 2008, there was no outstanding balance.

 

Secured Equipment Promissory Note

 

On November 17, 2006, our subsidiary, StarTek USA, Inc., borrowed approximately $4.9 million from Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc.  The loan will be repaid with interest in 48 monthly installments of $0.115 million until maturity on November 30, 2010. The borrowings bear interest at an annual rate of 6.38% and are secured by fixed assets and tenant improvements at certain of our U.S. facilities.  The borrowings may be repaid early without penalty.  The promissory note is guaranteed by StarTek, Inc. and our subsidiary, StarTek Canada Services, Ltd.  Under the guarantee agreement, if StarTek USA, Inc. fails to pay its obligations under the loan agreement when due, the guarantors agree to full and prompt payment of each and every debt, liability and obligation of every type and description that StarTek USA, Inc. may now or in the future owe to Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc.

 

Canadian Dollar Secured Equipment Loan

 

On November 17, 2006, StarTek Canada Services, Ltd., one of our subsidiaries, borrowed approximately $9.6 million Canadian dollars from Wells Fargo Equipment Finance Company, Inc.  These borrowings are guaranteed by StarTek, Inc. and our subsidiary, StarTek USA, Inc., and are secured by fixed assets and tenant improvements at certain of our Canadian facilities.  Under the guarantee agreement, if StarTek Canada Services, Ltd. fails to pay its obligations under the loan agreement when due, the loan guarantors agree to punctually pay any indebtedness, along with interest and certain expenses incurred on behalf of Wells Fargo Equipment Finance Company, Inc. to enforce the guarantee, to Wells Fargo Equipment Finance Company, Inc. The loan will be repaid in 48 monthly installments of $0.225 million until maturity on November 20, 2010, which reflects an implicit annual interest rate of 5.77%.  We may elect to prepay amounts due under this loan, provided that we give Wells Fargo Equipment Finance Company, Inc. at least 30 days written notice and that we pay a prepayment premium, as stipulated in the loan agreement.

 

9. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION

 

On May 5, 2008, our stockholders approved the StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  The Plan replaced the StarTek, Inc. Stock Option Plan and StarTek, Inc. Directors’ Stock Option Plan (together, the “Prior Plans”).  A total of 900,000 shares were authorized for grant under the Plan.  In addition, a total of 274,298 shares remaining available for future grants under the Prior Plans were carried over and were made available for grant under the Plan.  The types of awards that may be granted under the Plan include restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock option awards, stock appreciation rights and performance units.  The Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) also has the discretion to grant other types of awards, as long as they are consistent with the terms and purposes of the Plan.  The terms of the awards granted under the Plan will expire no later than ten years from the grant date.  The Committee may determine the vesting conditions of awards; however, subject to certain exceptions, an award that is not subject to the satisfaction of performance measures may not fully vest or become fully exercisable earlier than three years from the grant date, and the performance period for an award subject to performance measures may not be shorter than one year.

 

Stock options granted to employees under the Plan vest as to 25% of the shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and 2.0833% of the shares each month thereafter for 36 months.  Restricted stock awards granted under the Plan vest as to one third of the shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant and one third of the shares each anniversary thereafter for three years.  Stock options or restricted stock awards granted to our board of directors under the Plan vest as to 25% of the shares after three months from

 

48



 

the date of grant, 25% of the shares after six months from the date of grant, 25% of the shares after nine months from the date of grant, and 25% of the shares after twelve months from the date of grant.

 

On May 5, 2008, our stockholders approved the StarTek, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”).  Under the ESPP, participants may purchase our common stock as of the last day of a purchase period at a price, which shall be no less than the lesser of (a) 85% of the closing price of a share of common stock on the first day of the purchase period; or (b) 85% of the closing price of a share of common stock on the last day of the purchase period.  The purchase period is defined as each quarterly period commencing January 1 and ending March 31, commencing April 1 and ending June 30, commencing July 1 and ending September 30, or commencing October 1 and ending December 31, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.  Subject to certain maximum stock ownership restrictions, employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP if employed by the Company for at least six months prior to the start of a Purchase Period and whose customary employment is at least 20 hours per week.  Participating employees may elect to have up to 10% of their base pay in effect at the commencement of each offering period withheld pursuant to the ESPP.

 

The compensation cost that has been charged against income for the Plan, the Prior Plans, the ESPP, and for restricted stock awards granted outside of those plans (together, the “Plans”), for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $1,493, $1,107 and $321, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expense.  The total income tax benefit recognized in our Consolidated Statements of Operations related to share-based compensation arrangements was $560, $415 and $92 for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006, respectively.  As of December 31, 2008, there was $3,939 of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the Plans.  That cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.67 years.

 

Stock Options

 

A summary of option activity under the Plans as of December 31, 2008, and changes during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

Aggregate

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-Average

 

Remaining

 

Intrinsic Value

 

 

 

Shares

 

Exercise Price

 

Contractual Term (in yrs)

 

(000s)

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2005

 

981,490

 

$

19.68

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

282,840

 

13.29

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(64,700

)

17.19

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(150,870

)

14.96

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(108,560

)

20.56

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2006

 

940,200

 

$

18.58

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

1,379,180

 

9.85

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(427,866

)

11.95

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(271,172

)

20.90

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2007

 

1,620,342

 

$

12.50

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

465,000

 

8.38

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(335,679

)

10.42

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(120,961

)

17.06

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2008

 

1,628,702

 

$

11.45

 

8.04

 

$

68

 

Exercisable as of December 31, 2008

 

615,894

 

$

14.85

 

6.96

 

$

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $3.24,  $4.10 and $2.94, respectively.  The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $0, $0 and $353, respectively.  The total fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $2,408, $389 and $130, respectively.  As of December 31, 2008, there were 1,098,278 shares available for future grant under our equity compensation plans.

 

The assumptions used to determine the value of our stock-based awards under the Black-Scholes method are summarized below:

 

49



 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

1.26% - 3.60%

 

3.16% - 4.74%

 

4.53% - 5.11%

 

Dividend yield

 

0%

 

0%

 

6.63% - 9.02%

 

Expected volatility

 

43.81% - 57.62%

 

43.12% - 50.47%

 

42.57%

 

Expected life in years

 

4.1

 

4.3

 

4.1

 

 

The risk-free interest rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on either the four year or seven year U.S. Treasury strip yield in effect at the time of grant.  Expected life and volatilities are based on historical experience, which we believe will be indicative of future experience.

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

Restricted share activity during the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 was as follows.  There were no restricted shares outstanding during the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

 

 

Number of

 

Weighted-Average

 

 

 

Restricted Shares

 

Grant Date Fair Value

 

Nonvested balance as of December 31, 2006

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

40,000

 

12.37

 

Vested

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

 

Nonvested balance as of December 31, 2007

 

40,000

 

$

12.37

 

Granted

 

47,800

 

9.01

 

Vested

 

(18,733

)

11.40

 

Forfeited

 

(7,000

)

9.01

 

Nonvested balance as of December 31, 2008

 

62,067

 

$

10.45

 

 

Included in the table above are grants of restricted stock awards made outside the Plan or the Prior Plans to A. Laurence Jones and David G. Durham.  On January 5, 2007, Mr. A. Laurence Jones was granted 30,000 restricted shares pursuant to his appointment as President and Chief Executive Officer.  These shares vest as follows:  10,000 shares on January 5, 2008 and 20,000 shares on January 5, 2011, provided that the restrictions on the 20,000 share tranche may lapse earlier pursuant to certain performance criteria.  The performance criteria specify that the 20,000 share tranche may vest as to 10,000 shares upon certification by the Committee that Mr. Jones achieved at least 80% performance of specified criteria for the 2008 fiscal year and 10,000 shares upon certification by the Committee that Mr. Jones achieved at least 80% performance of specified criteria for the 2009 fiscal year.  On September 10, 2007, Mr. David G. Durham was granted 10,000 restricted shares pursuant to his appointment as Executive Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer.  These shares vest in the same manner as those restricted shares granted under the Plan.  The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $213, $0 and $0, respectively.

 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

 

The first purchase period under the ESPP commenced July 1, 2008.  We completed two offering periods in 2008 in which 18,580 shares were purchased at $5.46 per share on September 30, 2008 and 18,741 shares were purchased at $3.78 per share on December 31, 2008.    Total expense recognized related to the ESPP during the year ended December 31, 2008 was $68.  The assumptions used to value the shares under the ESPP using the Black-Scholes method were as follows:

 

 

 

2008

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.85% - 1.87%

 

Dividend yield

 

0%

 

Expected volatility

 

34.06% - 39.82%

 

Expected life in years

 

3 months

 

 

The weighted average grant date fair value of these shares was $1.80 per share during the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

10. NET INTEREST AND OTHER INCOME

 

Net interest and other income for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were composed of the following:

 

50



 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Interest income

 

$

1,210

 

$

1,579

 

$

1,433

 

Interest expense

 

(726

)

(854

)

(196

)

Net gain (loss) on sale of assets

 

5

 

(60

)

98

 

Recovery of previously impaired asset

 

118

 

128

 

663

 

Realized (loss) gain on investments available for sale

 

(500

)

 

128

 

Investment and other (loss) income

 

(52

)

(48

)

 

Net interest and other income

 

$

55

 

$

745

 

$

2,126

 

 

During 2008, we recognized a loss of $500 on an investment in Lehman Brothers corporate debt securities that was determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired due to their bankruptcy announcement.  In 2001, we recognized impairment losses related to our investment in Six Sigma, LLC, which we determined was other-than-temporarily impaired due to the bankruptcy filing of Six Sigma, LLC.  During 2008, 2007 and 2006, we recovered $117, $128 and $663, respectively, in cash from the bankruptcy proceedings, and this amount was recognized in other income.

 

11. INCOME TAXES

 

Pre-tax net book income from continuing operations was:

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

U.S.

 

$

(15,873

)

$

(7,810

)

$

4,302

 

Foreign

 

293

 

4,456

 

3,765

 

Total

 

$

(15,580

)

$

(3,354

)

$

8,067

 

 

Significant components of the provision for income taxes from continuing operations were:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(838

)

$

(1,893

)

$

1,398

 

State

 

(108

)

(205

)

246

 

Foreign

 

1,872

 

1,159

 

2,343

 

Total current (benefit) expense

 

$

926

 

$

(939

)

$

3,987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(5,241

)

$

(1,554

)

$

(393

)

State

 

(682

)

(169

)

(69

)

Foreign

 

(1,108

)

421

 

(930

)

Net change in valuation allowance

 

(45

)

1,718

 

(292

)

Total deferred (benefit) expense

 

$

(7,076

)

$

416

 

$

(1,684

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax (benefit) expense

 

$

(6,150

)

$

(523

)

$

2,303

 

 

Income tax benefits associated with disqualifying dispositions of equity awards during 2008, 2007 and 2006 reduced income taxes by $nil, $0 and $97, respectively. Such benefits were recorded as an increase to additional paid-in capital.

 

51



 

Significant components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities included in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2008 and 2007 were:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Current deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Bad debt allowance

 

$

12

 

$

 

Vacation accrual

 

667

 

 

Unrealized loss on investments

 

37

 

 

Self-funded insurance program

 

266

 

 

Restructuring costs

 

223

 

165

 

Impairment losses

 

1,117

 

 

Loss on impaired investments

 

189

 

 

Unrealized loss on derivative instruments

 

879

 

 

Total current deferred tax assets

 

$

3,390

 

$

165

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Vacation accrual

 

$

 

$

635

 

Unrealized loss on investments

 

 

14

 

Self-funded insurance program

 

 

61

 

Prepaids

 

(542

)

(531

)

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

(663

)

(1,454

)

Other

 

 

1

 

Total current deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(1,205

)

$

(1,274

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term deferred tax assets (liabilities):

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation, amortization, and gain/loss

 

$

(817

)

$

1,483

 

Loss on impaired investments

 

986

 

974

 

Foreign tax credit carryforward

 

554

 

554

 

Capital loss carryforward

 

290

 

1,718

 

Stock-based compensation

 

921

 

457

 

Deferred compensation

 

31

 

56

 

Lease inducement

 

234

 

367

 

Work opportunity credit carryforward

 

3,048

 

 

Charitable contribution carryforward

 

28

 

 

Operating loss caryforward

 

3,823

 

 

Restructuring costs

 

538

 

 

Other

 

154

 

349

 

Net long-term deferred tax assets

 

$

9,790

 

$

5,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Subtotal

 

$

11,975

 

$

4,849

 

Valuation allowance

 

(844

)

(2,272

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net deferred tax asset

 

$

11,131

 

$

2,577

 

 

As of December 31, 2007, we had net current deferred tax assets in our foreign tax jurisdictions and net current deferred tax liabilities in the U.S.  Accordingly, these items have been presented separately in the above table for the year ended December 31, 2007.  As of December 31, 2008, we had net current deferred tax assets in both our foreign tax jurisdictions and in the U.S.  As such, they are presented net in the above table for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

Deferred taxes are not recognized on temporary differences from undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of approximately $25,009 as these earnings are deemed to be permanently reinvested.  We have not provided for U.S. federal income and foreign withholding taxes on undistributed earnings from non-U.S. operations as of December 31, 2008 because we intend to reinvest such earnings indefinitely outside of the U.S.

 

52



 

Differences between U.S. federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 were:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

U.S. statutory tax rate

 

35.0

%

35.0

%

35.0

%

Effect of state taxes (net of federal benefit)

 

2.5

%

4.9

%

1.7

%

Release of reserve for state audit settlements

 

0.0

%

0.0

%

-5.1

%

Effect of change in Canadian tax rate

 

-2.4

%

0.0

%

0.0

%

Capital loss valuation allowance

 

0.3

%

-51.2

%

-3.6

%

Work opportunity tax credits

 

5.5

%

29.2

%

-1.7

%

Other, net

 

-1.4

%

-2.3

%

2.2

%

Total

 

39.5

%

15.6

%

28.5

%

 

The effective tax rate increased from 15.6% in 2007 to 39.5% in 2008.  The primary difference between the periods was the valuation allowance recorded in 2007 on capital loss carryforwards which management did not believe would be recognized before their expiration.  This impact was offset by decreased work opportunity credits during 2008 compared to 2007 and the change in the Canadian statutory tax rate during 2008.  Effective January 1, 2008, the general corporate income tax rate in Canada was reduced from 22.1% to 19.5% due in part to the elimination of the corporate surtax on large corporations of 1.12%.  The impact was a reduction in our overall effective tax rate and a reduction of the value of certain deferred tax assets.

 

As of December 31, 2008, we had gross capital loss carry forwards of $766, which expire as follows: $444 in 2009 and $322 in 2010.  During 2007, we established a tax-basis valuation allowance which reduces our long-term deferred tax asset, related to these capital loss carry forwards that management does not believe will be offset by sufficient future capital gains before they expire.  As of December 31, 2008, we had gross foreign tax credit carry forwards of $554, which expire as follows:  $25 in 2011, $4 in 2012, and $525 in 2013.  A full tax-basis valuation allowance was established against these carry forwards during 2007 and 2006 due to the fact that it is more likely than not that these credits will not be used prior to their expiration date.  Our total valuation allowance related to capital loss carry forwards and foreign tax credit carry forwards is $1,320 as of December 31, 2008.

 

As of December 31, 2008, we had gross federal net operating loss carry forwards of $10,017.  These carry forwards can be used to offset future taxable income and expire in 2028.  We have not recorded a valuation allowance related to the net operating loss carry forwards and other temporary items as management believes it is more likely than not that we will be able to use the benefit to reduce future tax liabilities.  In accordance with SFAS No. 109, we evaluate our deferred tax assets quarterly to determine if valuation allowances are required.  SFAS No. 109 requires that companies assess whether valuation allowances should be established based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” standard.  We made this evaluation as of December 31, 2008 and believe our deferred tax assets will primarily be realized through the generation of future taxable income, as well as through the reversal of our existing temporary differences and the execution of available tax planning strategies. We believe it is “more likely than not” based upon our current estimates of future taxable income that the deferred tax assets will be realized.  A valuation allowance may be required if we are unable to generate future taxable income.  A tax valuation allowance could have a significant negative impact on future earnings.

 

We have been granted “Tax Holidays” as an incentive to attract foreign investment by the government of the Philippines. Generally, a Tax Holiday is an agreement between us and a foreign government under which we receive certain tax benefits in that country, such as exemption from taxation on profits derived from export-related activities. In the Philippines, we have been granted approval for a Tax Holiday which expires in 2012.  The aggregate effect on income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $nil, $0 and $0, respectively, which had a favorable impact on net income per share of $nil, $0 and $0, respectively.

 

53



 

12.  ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consisted of the following items:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Accumulated foreign currency translation adjustments:

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

2,553

 

$

1,222

 

Translation adjustments

 

(2,057

)

2,126

 

Taxes associated with translation adjustments

 

594

 

(795

)

Ending balance

 

$

1,090

 

$

2,553

 

Accumulated unrealized derivative (losses) gains:

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

20

 

$

(235

)

(Loss) gain reclassified to earnings, net of tax

 

(2,084

)

1,543

 

Change in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax

 

3,508

 

(1,288

)

Ending balance

 

$

1,444

 

$

20

 

Accumulated unrealized losses on available for sale securities:

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

$

(29

)

$

1

 

Loss reclassified to earnings, net of tax

 

(303

)

 

Change in fair value of available for sale securities, net of tax

 

271

 

(30

)

Ending balance

 

$

(61

)

$

(29

)

 

13.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Leases

 

We lease facilities and equipment under various non-cancelable operating leases.  Some of these leases have renewal clauses that vary both in length and fee, based on our negotiations with the lessors. Rental expense, including equipment rentals, for 2008, 2007 and 2006 was $6,900, $4,602 and $4,416, respectively.  As of December 31, 2008, future minimum rental commitments for operating leases were:

 

 

 

Minimum Lease

 

 

 

Payments

 

2009

 

$

6,863

 

2010

 

6,749

 

2011

 

5,849

 

2012

 

4,209

 

2013

 

2,958

 

Thereafter

 

6,984

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

33,612

 

 

Other Purchase Commitments

 

We incur various purchase obligations with vendors and suppliers for the purchase of goods and services, in the normal course of business.  These obligations are generally evidenced by purchase orders with delivery dates from six to twelve months from the purchase date, and in certain cases, purchase orders that contain non-cancelable/non-returnable terms and conditions associated with these purchase arrangements.  We are committed to accept delivery of such materials pursuant to such purchase orders subject to various contract provisions which allow us to delay receipt of such orders.  Such orders may or may not include cancellation costs payable by us.

 

 

 

Purchase

 

 

 

Obligations

 

2009

 

$

62

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total purchase obligations

 

$

62

 

 

54



 

Legal Proceedings

 

We and six of our former directors and officers have been named as defendants in West Palm Beach Firefighters’ Pension Fund v. StarTek, Inc., et al. (U.S. District Court, District of Colorado) filed on July 8, 2005, and John Alden v. StarTek, Inc., et al. (U.S. District Court, District of Colorado) filed on July 20, 2005.  Those actions have been consolidated by the federal court.  The consolidated action is a purported class action brought on behalf of all persons (except defendants) who purchased shares of our common stock in a secondary offering by certain of our stockholders in June 2004, and in the open market between February 26, 2003 and May 5, 2005 (the “Class Period”).  The consolidated complaint alleges that the defendants made false and misleading public statements about us and our business and prospects in the prospectus for the secondary offering, as well as in filings with the SEC and in press releases issued during the Class Period, and that as a result, the market price of our common stock was artificially inflated.  The complaints allege claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 and under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.  The plaintiffs in both cases seek compensatory damages on behalf of the alleged class and award of attorneys’ fees and costs of litigation.  On May 23, 2006, we and the individual defendants moved the court to dismiss the action in its entirety.

 

On March 28, 2008, the motion was denied with respect to the claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except the claim under Section 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 was dismissed against two of the individual defendants.  On the same date, the motion was granted with respect to the claims under Sections 11 and 15 of the Securities Act of 1933 without prejudice to plaintiffs filing an amended complaint with respect to such claims.  On May 19, 2008, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint.  On June 5, 2008, we and the individual defendants moved the court to dismiss the amended complaint in its entirety.  On November 6, 2008, the motion was granted with respect to certain claims relating to representations regarding the Company’s supply-chain management business, but was denied as to all other claims.  We believe we have valid defenses to the claims and intend to defend the litigation vigorously.

 

It is not possible at this time to estimate the possibility of a loss or the range of potential losses arising from these claims.  We may, however, incur material legal fees with respect to our defense of these claims.  The claims have been submitted to the carriers of our executive and organization liability insurance policies.  We expect the carriers to provide for certain defense costs and, if needed, indemnification with a reservation of rights.  The policies have primary and excess coverage that we believe will be adequate to defend this case and are subject to a retention for securities claims.  These policies provide that we are responsible for the first $1.025 million in defense costs.  We have incurred defense costs related to these lawsuits in excess of our $1.025 million deductible.

 

We have been involved from time to time in other litigation arising in the normal course of business, none of which is expected by management to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

 

14.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

We operate within three business segments, the U.S., Canada and Offshore, which represented 66.4%, 33.4% and 0.2%, respectively, of consolidated revenues in 2008.  The U.S. and Canada represented 60.9% and 39.1%, respectively, of consolidated revenues for 2007, and 58.4% and 41.6% of consolidated revenues for 2006.  The business segments align with those regions in which our services are rendered.  As of December 31, 2008, the U.S. segment included the operations of our thirteen facilities in the U.S., the Canada segment included the operations of our six facilities in Canada and the Offshore segment included the operations of our facility in Makati City, Philippines.  We use gross profit as our measure of profit and loss for each business segment and do not allocate selling, general and administrative expenses to our business segments.

 

55



 

Information about our reportable segments, which correspond to the geographic areas in which we operate, for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006 is as follows:

 

 

 

For the Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

2006

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

181,313

 

$

149,389

 

$

138,855

 

Canada

 

90,929

 

95,915

 

98,757

 

Offshore

 

648

 

 

 

Total

 

$

272,890

 

$

245,304

 

$

237,612

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

30,861

 

$

33,402

 

$

29,256

 

Canada

 

4,928

 

5,815

 

6,932

 

Offshore

 

(1,395

)

 

 

Total

 

$

34,394

 

$

39,217

 

$

36,188

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

12,526

 

$

11,480

 

$

10,438

 

Canada

 

5,040

 

5,612

 

6,320

 

Offshore

 

237

 

 

 

Total

 

$

17,803

 

$

17,092

 

$

16,758

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital expenditures:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

21,739

 

$

12,883

 

$

9,665

 

Canada

 

1,844

 

2,324

 

10,445

 

Offshore

 

4,396

 

 

 

Total

 

$

27,979

 

$

15,207

 

$

20,110

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2008

 

2007

 

Total property, plant and equipment, gross:

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

110,656

 

$

98,268

 

Canada

 

37,270

 

50,242

 

Offshore

 

4,342

 

 

Total

 

$

152,268

 

$

148,510

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets:

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

123,967

 

$

127,206

 

Canada

 

17,099

 

28,252

 

Offshore

 

5,798

 

 

Total

 

$

146,864

 

$

155,458

 

 

56



 

15.  QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

 

The following represents selected information from our unaudited quarterly Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

 

 

 

2008 Quarters Ended

 

 

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

September 30

 

December 31

 

Revenue

 

$

64,745

 

$

65,619

 

$

69,056

 

$

73,470

 

Gross profit

 

9,583

 

8,414

 

8,295

 

8,102

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

10,090

 

10,227

 

10,205

 

10,292

 

Impairment losses and restructuring charges

 

108

 

5,500

 

346

 

3,271

 

Operating loss

 

(615

)

(7,313

)

(2,256

)

(5,461

)

Loss from continuing operations

 

(331

)

(4,519

)

(1,449

)

(3,141

)

Loss from discontinued operations

 

 

 

(461

)

 

Net loss

 

$

(331

)

$

(4,519

)

$

(1,910

)

$

(3,141

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net loss per share from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.31

)

$

(0.10

)

$

(0.21

)

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

(0.03

)

 

Net loss

 

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.31

)

$

(0.13

)

$

(0.21

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted net loss per share from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.31

)

$

(0.10

)

$

(0.21

)

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

(0.03

)

 

Net loss

 

$

(0.02

)

$

(0.31

)

$

(0.13

)

$

(0.21

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2007 Quarters Ended

 

 

 

March 31

 

June 30

 

September 30

 

December 31

 

Revenue

 

$

57,647

 

$

58,832

 

$

63,169

 

$

65,656

 

Gross profit

 

8,910

 

8,537

 

10,316

 

11,454

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

9,392

 

9,040

 

9,693

 

10,866

 

Impairment losses and restructuring charges

 

 

3,018

 

1,032

 

275

 

Operating (loss) income

 

(482

)

(3,521

)

(409

)

313

 

Net (loss) income

 

$

(189

)

$

(3,443

)

$

371

 

$

430

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic net (loss) income per share

 

$

(0.01

)

$

(0.23

)

$

0.03

 

$

0.03

 

Diluted net (loss) income per share

 

$

(0.01

)

$

(0.23

)

$

0.03

 

$

0.03

 

 

16.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

 

On February 25, 2009, after a competitive auction, we entered into an agreement to sell Domain.com, our wholly-owned subsidiary, to A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr. in exchange for cash of $7,075.  Mr. Stephenson as the highest bidder.  Mr. Stephenson is one of our co-founders, served as Chairman of the Board of Directors until his retirement on May 31, 2006 and managed the Domain.com subsidiary since 2006.  Mr. Stephenson owns approximately 19.7% of our common shares outstanding.  The effective date of the sale is February 25, 2009 and upon that date we recognized a gain of $7,050.

 

57



 

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

None.

 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

As of December 31, 2008, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act).  Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2008, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective and were designed to ensure that all information required to be disclosed by us in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2008.

 

Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal controls will prevent all possible errors or fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, issued a report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008. Ernst & Young LLP’s report is included in Item 9A. of this Form 10-K.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2008, that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

58



 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of StarTek, Inc.

 

We have audited StarTek Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). StarTek Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

 

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

In our opinion, StarTek, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, based on the COSO criteria.

 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of StarTek, Inc. as of December 31, 2008 and 2007, and the related consolidated statements of operations and other comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2008, and our report dated March 2, 2009 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denver, Colorado

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 2, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59



ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

 

None.

 

Part III

 

ITEMS 10 THROUGH 14

 

Information required by Item 10 (Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance), Item 11 (Executive Compensation), Item 12 (Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters), Item 13 (Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence), and Item 14 (Principal Accountant Fees and Services) will be included in our definitive proxy statement to be delivered in connection with our 2009 annual meeting of stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

Part IV

 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

(a)                                  The following documents are filed as a part of this Form 10-K:

 

1.  Consolidated Financial Statements.    See the index to the Consolidated Financial Statements of StarTek, Inc. and its subsidiaries that appears in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

2.  An Index of Exhibits follows the signature pages of this Form 10-K.

 

60



SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

STARTEK, INC.

 

 

(REGISTRANT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ A. LAURENCE JONES

 

Date: March 3, 2009

 

A. Laurence Jones

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ DAVID G. DURHAM

 

Date: March 3, 2009

 

David G. Durham

 

 

 

Executive Vice President, Chief

 

 

 

Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ A. LAURENCE JONES

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Date: March 3, 2009

A. Laurence Jones

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ DAVID G. DURHAM

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial

 

Date: March 3, 2009

David G. Durham

 

Officer and Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ ED ZSCHAU

 

Chairman of the Board

 

Date: March 3, 2009

Ed Zschau

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ ALBERT C. YATES

 

Director

 

Date: March 3, 2009

Albert C. Yates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ P. KAY NORTON

 

Director

 

Date: March 3, 2009

P. Kay Norton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ HARVEY A. WAGNER

 

Director

 

Date: March 3, 2009

Harvey A. Wagner

 

 

 

 

 

61



STARTEK, INC.

INDEX OF EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

Incorporated Herein by Reference

Exhibit No.

 

Exhibit Description

 

Form

 

Exhibit

 

Filing Date

3.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company.

 

S-1

 

3.1

 

1/29/1997

3.2

 

Restated Bylaws of the Company.

 

8-K

 

3.2

 

8/2/2007

3.3

 

Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of StarTek, Inc. filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 21, 1999.

 

10-K

 

3.3

 

3/8/2000

3.4

 

Certificate of Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation of StarTek, Inc. filed with the Delaware Secretary of State on May 23, 2000.

 

10-Q

 

3.4

 

8/14/2000

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock certificate.

 

10-Q

 

4.2

 

11/6/2007

10.1

 

Registration Rights Agreement by and among StarTek, Inc. and A. Emmet Stephenson, Jr.

 

10-K

 

10.47

 

3/9/2004

10.2

 

Investor Rights Agreement by and among StarTek, Inc., A. Emmet Stephenson Jr., and Toni E. Stephenson.

 

10-K

 

10.48

 

3/9/2004

10.3†

 

StarTek, Inc. Stock Option Plan, as amended.

 

Def 14a

 

A

 

3/27/2007

10.4†

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement.

 

S-1/A

 

10.2

 

3/7/1997

10.5†

 

Form of Option agreement pursuant to StarTek, Inc. Stock Option Plan (four year vesting schedule).

 

8-K

 

10.26

 

6/16/2006

10.6†

 

StarTek, Inc. Director Stock Option Plan, as amended.

 

Def 14a

 

B

 

3/27/2007

10.7†

 

Form of Option Agreement pursuant to StarTek, Inc. Director Stock Option Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

9/9/2004

10.8†

 

StarTek, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

Def14a

 

A

 

3/20/2008

10.9†

 

StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

Def14a

 

B

 

3/20/2008

10.10†

 

Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Employee) pursuant to StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

5/5/2008

10.11†

 

Form of Non-Statutory Stock Option Agreement (Director) pursuant to StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

5/5/2008

10.12†

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement pursuant to StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.4

 

5/5/2008

10.13†

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Employee) pursuant to StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.5

 

5/5/2008

10.14†

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement (Director) pursuant to StarTek, Inc. 2008 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.6

 

5/5/2008

10.15†

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement between StarTek, Inc. and its Officers and Directors.

 

10-K

 

10.49

 

3/9/2004

10.16†

 

Form of Executive Confidentiality and Non-competition Agreement.

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

9/14/2004

10.17†

 

Form of Executive Employment Contract.

 

8-K

 

10.115

 

8/21/2007

10.18†

 

Amendment No. 1 to Form of Executive Employment Contract.

 

10-K

 

10.11

 

2/29/2008

10.19†

 

Employment Agreement between StarTek, Inc. and A. Laurence Jones.

 

8-K

 

10.78

 

1/08/2007

10.20†

 

Amendment to employment agreement of A. Laurence Jones signed July 9, 2007.

 

10-Q

 

10.110

 

8/8/2007

10.21†

 

Amendment to employment agreement of A. Laurence Jones signed May 23, 2008.

 

10-Q

 

10.9

 

8/11/2008

10.22†

 

Option Agreement between StarTek, Inc. and A. Laurence Jones.

 

8-K

 

10.79

 

1/08/2007

10.23†

 

Restricted Stock Agreement between StarTek, Inc. and A. Laurence Jones.

 

8-K

 

10.80

 

1/08/2007

10.24†

 

Employment Agreement (Stock Option and Restricted Stock agreements are attachments to the Employment Agreement) between StarTek, Inc. and David G. Durham dated August 22, 2007.

 

8-K

 

10.116

 

8/27/2007

10.25†

 

Transition Agreement between StarTek, Inc. and Mr. Michael Griffith effective September 30, 2008.

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

9/30/2008

10.26†

 

2007 Sales Commission Plan.

 

10-Q

 

10.113

 

8/8/2007

 

62



10.27†

 

Sales Commission Plan (2008 and 2009).

 

10-K

 

10.24

 

2/29/2008

10.28†

 

Amended Sales Commission Plan (2008 and 2009).

 

10-Q

 

10.1

 

10/31/2008

10.29†

 

Incentive Bonus Plan (2008 and 2009).

 

10-K

 

10.25

 

2/29/2008

10.30

 

Credit Agreement and $10,000,000 Revolving Line of Credit Note between StarTek, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank West, National Association dated June 30, 2003.

 

10-Q

 

10.32

 

8/14/2003

10.31

 

Renewal and Amended Credit Agreement by and between StarTek, Inc. and Wells Fargo NA, dated June 30, 2005.

 

8-K

 

10.34

 

7/5/2005

10.32

 

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement and $10,000,000 Revolving Line of Credit Note, each entered into as of June 1, 2007.

 

8-K

 

10.88

 

7/3/2007

10.33

 

Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement entered into as of April 30, 2008.

 

10-Q

 

10.23

 

8/11/2008

10.34

 

Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, $10,000,000 Revolving Line of Credit Note, and Addendum to Promissory Note, each entered into as of June 30, 2008.

 

10-Q

 

10.24

 

8/11/2008

10.35

 

Continuing Security Agreement between StarTek USA, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, entered into as of June 30, 2008.

 

10-Q

 

10.25

 

8/11/2008

10.36

 

Continuing Security Agreement between StarTek, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, entered into as of June 30, 2008.

 

10-Q

 

10.26

 

8/11/2008

10.37

 

Promissory Note to Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc.

 

10-K

 

10.50

 

3/9/2004

10.38

 

Security Agreement between StarTek Canada Services, Ltd. and Wells Fargo Equipment Finance Company.

 

8-K

 

10.74

 

11/21/2006

10.39

 

Form of Guaranty of StarTek Canada Obligations executed by StarTek, Inc. and StarTek USA, Inc.

 

8-K

 

10.75

 

11/21/2006

10.40

 

Promissory Note between StarTek USA, Inc. and Wells Fargo Equipment Finance, Inc.

 

8-K

 

10.76

 

11/21/2006

10.41

 

Form of Guaranty of StarTek USA Obligations executed by StarTek, Inc. and StarTek Canada Services, Ltd.

 

8-K

 

10.77

 

11/21/2006

10.42

 

Share Purchase Agreement by and among StarTek, Inc., StarTek Europe Ltd. and Taelus Limited, dated September 30, 2004.

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

10/6/2004

10.43

 

Promissory Note between StarTek USA, Inc. and DPL Corporation Southeast.

 

8-K

 

10.72

 

12/21/2005

10.44#

 

Services Agreement and Statement of Work by and between StarTek, Inc. and T-Mobile USA, Inc. for certain call center services dated effective October 1, 2007.

 

10-Q

 

10.120

 

11/6/2007

10.45#

 

Amendment No. 1 effective February 24, 2008 to Services Agreement and Statement of Work by and between StarTek, Inc. and T-Mobile USA, Inc. for certain call center services dated effective October 1, 2007.

 

10-Q

 

10.7

 

5/6/2008

10.46#

 

Master Services Agreement No. GAMSA-STAR081106-00 effective August 11, 2006 between StarTek USA, Inc. and Cingular Wireless LLC.

 

10-K

 

10.85

 

3/15/2007

10.47#

 

Amendment No. cing7367.A.001 effective December 7, 2007 to Master Services Agreement No. GAMSA-STAR081106-00 effective August 11, 2006 between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Mobility, LLC (f/k/a Cingular Wireless, LLC).

 

10-K

 

10.46

 

2/29/2008

10.48#

 

Statement of Work GASOW-STAR100606-00 dated December 21, 2006, between StarTek USA, Inc. and Cingular Wireless, LLC.

 

10-K

 

10.83

 

3/15/2007

10.49#

 

Amendment Cing7866.A.001 effective April 16, 2008 between StarTek USA, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC

 

10-Q

 

10.15

 

8/11/2008

10.50*

 

Amendment No. GASOW-STAR100606-00.A.004 effective March 1, 2009 to GASOW-STAR100606-00 between StarTek USA, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC (successor-in-interest to Cingular Wireless, LLC)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.51#

 

Work Order 20080122.003.C effective May 1, 2008 between StarTek USA, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC

 

10-Q

 

10.14

 

8/11/2008

10.52*&

 

Work Order GAMSA-STAR081106-00.S.001 effective October 1, 2008, between StarTek USA, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC (f/k/a Cingular Wireless, LLC)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63



10.53*&

 

Work Order GAMSA-STAR081106-00.S.004 effective December 1, 2008, between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Mobility LLC (f/k/a Cingular Wireless, LLC)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.54#

 

Contact Call Center Agreement No. 20070105.006.C between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Services, Inc., effective January 26, 2007.

 

10-Q

 

10.90

 

5/8/2007

10.55#

 

Amendment 20070105.006.A.001 effective October 31, 2007 to Master Services Agreement 20070105.006.C entered on January 26, 2007 between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Services, Inc.

 

10-K

 

10.50

 

2/29/2008

10.56#

 

Agreement Order No. 20070105.006.S.002 for Tier III Service Management by and between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Services, Inc., signed May 2, 2007.

 

10-Q

 

10.105

 

8/8/2007

10.57#

 

Amendment 20070105.006.S.002.A.001 effective June 27, 2008 by and between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Services, Inc.

 

10-Q

 

10.16

 

8/11/2008

10.58*

 

Termination of Agreement Order No. 20070105.006.S.002 effective 12/31/2008

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.59#

 

Agreement Order 20070105.006.S.007 for EMBR Program between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Crop. signed June 15, 2007.

 

10-Q

 

10.106

 

8/8/2007

10.60#

 

Amendment 20070105.006.S.007.A.001 effective July 14, 2008 between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Crop.

 

10-Q

 

10.17

 

8/11/2008

10.61#

 

General Agreement Order 20070105.006.S.008 effective June 19, 2008 by and between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Services, Inc.

 

10-Q

 

10.18

 

8/11/2008

10.62#

 

General Agreement Order 20070105.006.S.009 effective June 5, 2008 by and between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Services, Inc.

 

10-Q

 

10.19

 

8/11/2008

10.63#

 

General Agreement Order 20070105.006.S.010 effective June 5, 2008 by and between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Services, Inc.

 

10-Q

 

10.20

 

8/11/2008

10.64#

 

General Agreement Order 20070105.006.S.011 effective June 5, 2008 by and between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Services, Inc.

 

10-Q

 

10.21

 

8/11/2008

10.65#

 

General Agreement Order 20070105.006.S.012 effective July 10, 2008 by and between StarTek, Inc. and AT&T Services, Inc.

 

10-Q

 

10.22

 

8/11/2008

21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1*

 

Consent of Ernst & Young, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1*

 

Certification of A. Laurence Jones pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2*

 

Certification of David G. Durham pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

32.1*

 

Written Statement of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer furnished pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 


*      Filed with this Form 10-K.

 

†      Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

 

#      The Securities and Exchange Commission has granted our request that certain material in this agreement be treated as confidential.  Such material has been redacted from the exhibit as filed.

 

&     Certain portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

64


EX-10.50 2 a09-6519_1ex10d50.htm EX-10.50

EXHIBIT 10.50

 

AMENDMENT to WORK ORDER

 

This Amendment GASOW-STAR100606-00.A.004 to Work Order (“WO”), GASOW-STAR100606-00 effective as of March 1, 2009 (“Effective Date”), between StarTek USA Inc. (“StarTek”), a Delaware corporation, and AT&T Mobility LLC, (“AT&T”) a Delaware limited liability company, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, amends the work order described below.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, AT&T and StarTek entered into a Master Service Agreement on October 1, 2006 (the “MSA”);

 

WHEREAS AT&T and StarTek executed Work Order GASOW-STAR100606-00 dated November 30, 2006 (“WO”) pursuant to the MSA to provide services to AT&T Mobility LLC;

 

WHEREAS AT&T and StarTek desire to amend the term of the WO;

 

NOW THEREFORE, FOR AND IN CONSIDERATION of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree to amend the WO as follows:

 

1.  Section 3. “Term” of the WO is hereby deleted in its entirety and it is replaced by the following:

 

“3. ‘The Term of this SOW shall commence on November 30, 2006 (“Effective Date”), and shall continue until midnight on March 31, 2009 (the “Initial Term).  The SOW may be terminated as allowed in the Agreement or in this SOW.”

 

2.               Except as amended by this Amendment, the WO is not otherwise modified, revoked or superseded and remains in full force and effect.

 

3.               This amendment maintains services pending approval of new work order.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment as of the Effective Date.

 

StarTek USA Inc.

 

AT&T Mobility LLC by its authorized
Representative AT&T Services, Inc.

 

 

 

By:

   /s/ David Durham

 

By:

   /s/ Karen Tays

Printed Name:

   David Durham

 

Printed Name:

  Karen Tays

Title:

    EVP/CFO

 

Title:

   Senior Contract Manager

Date:

  2/24/09

 

Date:

    2/24/09

 

Proprietary Information

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside AT&T, StarTek, their affiliated companies and their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

 

1


EX-10.52 3 a09-6519_1ex10d52.htm EX-10.52

EXHIBIT 10.52

 

This Work Order GAMSA-STAR081106-00.S.001 (“WO”) is issued pursuant to the Master Services Agreement No. GAMSA-STAR081106-00 dated October 1, 2006 (“Agreement”) between AT&T Mobility LLC f/k/a Cingular Wireless LLC (“AT&T Mobility”) and StarTek USA Inc. (“Supplier”) and the Agreement is incorporated by reference herein.  Capitalized terms used in this Work Order not otherwise defined herein shall have the definitions specified in the Agreement.  If the Work Order conflicts with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall control unless set forth in the “Special Considerations” section of this Work Order in which case the WO shall govern and control.

 

AT&T Mobility hereby authorizes Supplier to perform the following Services:

 

1              SCOPE OF WORK

 

1.1           Supplier consumer customer services representatives (“CSRs”) shall take and handle inbound customer care inquiries by program (“Program”) for the [*] call center as set forth in Exhibit C in accordance with the AT&T Mobility hours of operation set forth in Section 1.2 subject to applicable laws at the rates set forth in Exhibit B.  Any other customer care activities, changes that result in the nature or type, market or mix of calls to change, including any changes to the mix of Program project(s) supported by Site as set forth in Exhibit C attached hereto, shall be subject to Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.

 

1.2           Services shall be performed Monday through Sunday, not including Holidays as set forth in Exhibit B, at the hours of operations (“Hours of Operation”) set forth in Exhibit D by site (“Site”):

 

Hours of Operation may be amended from time to time as set forth in Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.  AT&T Mobility reserves the right to modify (decrease or increase) Services Hours of Operation upon [*]([*]) calendar days written notice to Supplier.  AT&T Mobility agrees to utilize the Change in Scope procedures to effect this change.

 

2.             PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION

 

2.1           The individuals listed in the table below will serve as primary contact for the Program.  Any changes will be done in accordance with Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.

 

AT&T Mobility Contacts

 

Supplier Contact(s)

Name: [*]

 

Name: [*]

Address: [*]

 

Address: [*]

Phone: [*]

 

Phone: [*]

Cell: [*]

 

Cell: [*]

E-mail: [*]

 

E-mail: [*]

 

3.     TERM

 

3.1           The Term of this Work Order shall commence on October 1, 2008 (“Effective Date”), and shall continue until midnight on April 28, 2010 (the “Initial Term).  The Work Order may be terminated as allowed in the Agreement or in this Work Order.

 

4.     SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS

 

4.1           The deliverables to be delivered by Supplier to AT&T Mobility pursuant to this Work Order are listed in Exhibit A “Deliverables Matrix” (the “Deliverables”).

 

5.     AT&T MOBILITY SYSTEMS USE AND DOWNTIME

 

5.1           Should AT&T Mobility systems become unavailable to Supplier, Supplier will follow the notification instructions contained in AT&T Mobility’s Downtime Policy as provided by AT&T Mobility.  Supplier will utilize downtime forms to capture call information on the AT&T Mobility-provided downtime forms and will input into AT&T Mobility systems as soon as reasonably possible after restoration of the impacted systems.  AT&T Mobility shall pay the applicable Billable Hour rate for this function.  Supplier shall be excused from Performance Standards for the duration of the system outage.

 

1



 

5.2           If the telecommunications systems are in failure due to AT&T Mobility, AT&T Mobility may require Supplier’s CSRs to go into pure AUX state, whereby they are not receiving calls.  AT&T Mobility shall still be charged the actual outage time incurred for the amount of time affected.  Supplier shall be excused from Performance Standards for the duration of the outage.

 

5.3           The AT&T Mobility system will be completely down during certain after-hour times and other scheduled times throughout the year for maintenance.  When practical, AT&T Mobility will advise Supplier of the scheduled maintenance at least [*] ([*]) [*] prior to the times and dates that the systems will not be available due to maintenance.

 

5.4           Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Supplier system/telecommunications outage, Supplier will utilize CSRs’ [*] for offline work and training for the duration of the outage.  AT&T Mobility shall not be charged for [*] for the duration of a Supplier system outage.

 

5.5           Supplier shall advise the AT&T Mobility Contact and/or Vendor Manager when any AT&T Mobility-provided system is down for more than [*].  Supplier shall provide an escalation plan with mitigating action in the event of systems disruption to be approved by AT&T Mobility by Services launch.

 

5.6           Supplier will continue to provide the Services under this Work Order if AT&T Mobility relocates its operations to an interim or substitute facility or otherwise implements any of its internal disaster recovery plans.

 

5.7           Failure to comply materially with this Section constitutes a material breach of the Agreement.

 

6.     PERFORMANCE STANDARDS:

 

6.1           AT&T Mobility and Supplier have developed the standards set forth in this Work Order, (hereinafter “Performance Standards”) to ensure the delivery of high quality, efficient customer service.  Effective upon signature of this Work Order by both parties (“Execution Date”), Performance Standard measurements for Sites existing on the Execution Date shall begin the month following the Execution Date, or for the Performance Standards related to First Call Resolution and Total Resolved, the next full or prorated per complete months remaining, as the case may be, calendar quarter.  Performance Standards for Sites opening after the Execution Date shall be applicable to Services performed from a particular Site/Program [*] ([*]) [*] after Site opening, or as outlined in the Performance Measurements attached hereto as Exhibit E.  Furthermore, anytime a particular Site/Program increases by more than [*] percent ([*]%) over a [*] ([*]) [*] period (measured by the [*]-Day Lock FTE), Performance Standards shall not apply with respect to such Site/Program until [*] ([*]) [*] after the incremental Site/Program staff has been in Production handling customer calls.  Before the application of any of the Performance Standards, the parties agree to meet and discuss in good faith changes to the Performance Standards set forth and the relevant AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned debits or bonuses with respect to such Performance Standards based on performance prior to such Performance Standards taking effect. Performance Standards hereunder shall be measured by Program at each Site and shall exclude [*]as set forth herein this Work Order.  Any invoice credits owed or debits earned by Supplier shall only apply to the Services invoiced for the particular Site/Program subject to Section 1.1 herein for which it was measured and shall be assessed to Customer Service Experience (“CSE”) Program Billable Hours in Production only.  Any invoice debits earned by Supplier will be used to offset AT&T Mobility invoice credits only, except for Section 6.3.3 Occupancy which may earn a true debit.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier may earn a Bonus subject to Sections 6.3.1 and 6.3.2.  AT&T Mobility invoice credits, Supplier earned debits to AT&T Mobility invoice credits, and bonuses will be calculated as set forth in Section 6.3 and shall be applied on a quarterly basis.

 

6.2           Call Volume Forecasting / Staffing.  Each month on a by Site/Program basis, AT&T Mobility shall provide Supplier [*]([*]) written forecasts to be used by Supplier as a guide for recruitment, planning and staffing activities.  The [*] ([*]) written forecasts are as follows:

 

1.  [*] Day Outlook Forecast with the required number of Full Time Equivalents (“FTEs”) by Site/Program for recruitment purposes

 

2.  [*] Day Locked Forecast with the estimated daily number of calls by Site/Program for planning purposes as well as forecasted modification training for the applicable month (“[*] Day Lock”)

 

PRIVATE/PROPRIETARY/LOCK

 

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside AT&T, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

 

2



 

3.   [*] Day Forecast with daily call arrival patterns by Site/Program

 

Supplier shall provide FTE staffing pursuant to the mutually agreed upon []* Day Lock based upon the [*] Day Outlook Forecast, which will include an assumption of the current training and nesting requirements set forth in Exhibit D.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that AT&T Mobility requests training to extend beyond the current requirements set forth in Exhibit D, the parties shall address the change subject to Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.

 

The mutually agreed upon [*] Day Lock represents a commitment by AT&T Mobility and Supplier with respect to staffing levels.  Once the [*] Day Lock is agreed to, AT&T Mobility agrees to compensate Supplier for the Billable Hours incurred for the applicable month, and it is Supplier’ responsibility to staff to the [*] Day Lock as mutually agreed upon.  In cases where Supplier has duplicate Programs across Sites, AT&T Mobility and Supplier shall mutually agree upon volume changes at a Site level as long as the [*] Day Lock remains unchanged.  In the event that actual volumes are less than the [*] Day Lock, Supplier will use reasonable best efforts to ensure productive utilization of CSRs by offering voluntary go home (“VGH”), internal training, etc.

 

Each [*] Day Forecast will be prepared on a Site/Program basis in [*] ([*]) [*] intervals and will include estimated call volumes, estimated average handle times, estimated shrinkage percentages and, when available, any other information which would be relevant for Supplier in providing the Services.

 

Both AT&T Mobility and Supplier will need to agree upon the volume forecasts and related staffing when the [*] Day Lock represents [*]% change from the previous [*] Day Outlook Forecast, as it may require additional new hire training.  The parties shall mutually agree upon adjusted staffing for the modified forecast volumes pursuant to Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Site requires a reduction of more than [*] ([*]) CSRs , Supplier shall have [*] ([*]) days from receipt of written notice, or the minimum number of days required to maintain compliance with the laws applicable in the affected Site’s location, to comply with the AT&T Mobility provided forecast.

 

a)             The Performance Standards outlined in this Work Order may be changed by AT&T Mobility upon [*] ([*]) days written notice to Supplier per the procedure outlined in Exhibit 5, Management Procedures for Change in Scope of the Agreement.

 

b)            Notwithstanding the foregoing Performance Metrics and/or AT&T Mobility invoice credits under this WO or the Agreement shall be waived to the extent they are attributable to a failure caused by AT&T Mobility or if actual call volume for the Program exceeds or is less than the [*] Day Lock for such Site/Program by more than [*] percent ([*]%) or as otherwise set forth in this Work Order or the Agreement.

 

c)             Material failure to meet the same Performance Standards at the same Site/Program for [*] ([*]) consecutive months shall be considered a material default.

 

d)            Supplier shall provide at least [*] percent ([*]%) of the staffing pursuant to the [*] Day Lock and in any case shall use reasonable efforts to achieve [*] percent ([*]%) of the staffing pursuant to the [*] Day Lock, and AT&T Mobility shall provide at least [*] percent ([*]%) of the Billable Hours pursuant to the [*] Day Lock.  If Supplier fails to staff at least [*] percent ([*]%) of the [*] Day Lock and the shortage materially impacts AT&T Mobility’s ability to provide services to its customers, Supplier’s failure will be considered a material default.  At the request of AT&T Mobility, Supplier will provide a corrective action plan for such breach.

 

e)             Supplier shall be excused from Performance Metrics and/or AT&T Mobility invoice credits under this SOW in the event the parties determine that the components and/or assumptions used to determine the [*] Day Lock are inaccurate resulting in Supplier failing to meet Performance Metrics.  The parties will mutually agree upon which component and/or assumption is inaccurate, will correct and re-run current and future forecasts utilizing the corrected components and/or assumptions.  Variable assumptions and/or components include, but shall not be limited to:  [*].

 

6.3           Performance Metrics:  The following Performance Metrics shall be measured on a Site basis and shall apply to the Customer Service Experience (“CSE”) program only, and shall be subject to material default and the applicable AT&T Mobility invoice credit, Supplier earned debit to AT&T Mobility’s invoice credit, or Bonus set forth herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, AT&T Mobility may request that additional Programs be subject to the Performance Metrics and subject to Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.

 

3



 

6.3.1        First Call Resolution Rate (“FCR”): FCR will be measured quarterly by Site by the [*]and [*] which shall be considered one (1) Program for the purposes of FCR stack ranking and shall be ranked against Like Sites’ national average, contingent upon a sample size of at least [*]([*]) per Site.  Sample sizes of less than [*]([*]) shall be excluded from the quarterly measurement.  AT&T Mobility or AT&T Mobility vendor sites with samples sites of less than [*]([*]) shall not be included in the stack ranking.  FCR shall be waived in the event Supplier’ results are within the top [*]percent ([*]%) of stacked ranking measured by region, regardless if Supplier results fall within the third or fourth quartile when measured against the national average for overall Like Sites.

 

Example:

 

Assumptions:

 

 

Overall Like Sites national average results:

 

[*]%

Results for top fifty percent ([*]%) of Like Sites measured by region:

 

[*]%-[*]%

Supplier results:

 

[*]%

 

Supplier results within the top [*] percent ([*]%) of the results measured by region.  FCR Performance Standard and associated AT&T Mobility invoice credit is waived.

 

AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned offset debits will be applied at the end of the quarter, by Site/Program pursuant to Exhibit E. New sites will be measured [*]after the first call received in Production.  Converted sites (sites subject to Conversion training as described in Exhibit B herein) will be measured [*] after the first call received in Production. The AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned offset debits will be applied in the following fashion based on FCR scores:

 

[*]% to [*]% of Like sites

 

[*]% AT&T Mobility invoice credit

>[*]% to [*]% of Like Sites

 

[*]% AT&T Mobility invoice credit

>[*]% to [*]% of Like Sites

 

[*]% Supplier earned offset debit

>[*]% to [*]% of Like Sites

 

[*]% Supplier earned offset debit

 

Not to exceed [*]% AT&T Mobility invoice credit

 

A [*]([*]%) bonus may apply on a per Site basis if the FCR stretch target is achieved in any quarter (“Bonus”).  The stretch target for First Call Resolution is [*]percent ([*]%) or better.  The Bonus shall be calculated as follows:  1) The quarterly invoice credit(s) /debit(s) shall be calculated (“Offset Result”), then (2) the Bonus shall be applied to the Offset Result.

 

6.3.2        Total Resolved (“TR”): will be measured [*]by Site by the [*] and [*] which shall be considered one (1) Program for the purposes of TR stack ranking and ranked against Like Sites’ national average, contingent upon a sample size of at least [*]([*]) per Site.  Sample sizes of less than [*]([*]) shall be excluded from the [*]measurement.  TR shall be waived in the event Supplier’ results are within the top [*]percent ([*]%) of stacked ranking measured by region, regardless if Supplier results fall within the [*] or [*] quartile when measured against the national average for overall Like Sites.

 

Example:

 

Assumptions:

 

 

Overall Like Sites national average results:

 

[*]%

Results for top [*] percent ([*]%) of Like Sites measured by region:

 

[*]%-[*]%

Supplier results:

 

[*]%

 

Supplier results within the top [*] percent ([*]%) of the results measured by region.  TR Performance Standard and associated AT&T Mobility invoice credit is [*]. AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned offset debits will be applied at the [*], by Site/Program pursuant to Exhibit E. New sites will be measured [*] after the first call received in Production. Converted sites (Sites subject to Conversion training as described in Exhibit B herein) will be measured [*] after the first call received in Production.  The AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned offset debits will be applied in the following fashion based on Total Resolved scores:

 

4



 

[*]% to [*]% of Like Sites

 

[*]% AT&T Mobility invoice credit

>[*]% to [*]% of Like Sites

 

[*]% AT&T Mobility invoice credit

>[*]% to [*]% of Like Sites

 

[*]% Supplier earned offset debit

>[*]% to [*]% of Like Sites

 

[*] % Supplier earned offset debit

 

Not to exceed [*]% AT&T Mobility invoice credit.

 

A [*]percent ([*]%) bonus may apply on a per Site basis if the FCR and TR stretch targets are achieved in any [*](“Bonus”).  The stretch target for Total Resolved is [*]percent ([*]%) or better.  The Bonus shall be calculated as follows:  1) The quarterly invoice credit(s) /debit(s) shall be calculated (“Offset Result”), then (2) the Bonus shall be applied to the Offset Result.

 

6.3.3        Occupancy Rate Target of [*]%: The Occupancy Rate will be measured monthly, and shall be calculated by[*]. The Occupancy Performance Standard and associated AT&T Mobility invoice credit will be [*]in the event that the actual call volume is less than [*]percent ([*]%) of the [*] Day Lock.  Any individual days where the actual call volumes are less than the [*] Day Forecast by [*] percent ([*]%) or more and the Occupancy target is missed will be [*] the monthly calculation of Occupancy.  The AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned debits will be applied in the following fashion based on Occupancy Rate scores:

 

below [*] %

 

[*]% AT&T Mobility invoice credit

[*]% to [*]%

 

[*]% Supplier earned debit

above [*]%

 

[*]% Supplier earned debit

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier may only earn a debit for Occupancy if it is staffed to at least [*] percent ([*]%) of the full time equivalents (“FTEs”) mutually agreed upon in the [*] Day Lock.  An FTE is defined by [*] ([*]) worked hours.

 

6.3.4        Productivity: The measurement for productivity will be measured monthly and shall be calculated as follows:  [*]. The Productivity Performance Standard and associated AT&T Mobility invoice credit will be [*]if voluntary go home time associated with low volumes drives lower productivity. Converted sites (sites subject to Conversion training as described in Exhibit B herein) will be measured three [*] after the first call received in Production, The AT&T Mobility invoice credits will be applied in the following fashion based on Productivity scores:

 

below [-]%

 

[*]%  AT&T Mobility invoice credit

 

6.3.5        Call Transfer Rate for CSE Sites/Program only: AT&T Mobility and Supplier shall mutually agree upon a target for the CSE Call Transfer Rate within [*] of the Execution Date.  Until such time, Supplier will use commercially reasonable efforts to meet an operation target of [*] percent ([*]%) (“Operational Target”). The Operational Target for the Call Transfer Rate shall not in any way be used to determine a material breach on the part of Supplier.  Change management procedures set forth in Exhibit 5 of the Agreement will be invoked for process changes directly impacting Call Transfer Rates.

 

TBD

 

(Rounded to the nearest whole percentage)

 

6.3.6        Average Handle Time (“AHT”):  The AHT target by Site/Program shall be provided by AT&T Mobility as part of the [*]Day Lock and shall be measured [*] as it applies to material breach.  The AHT Performance Standard will be waived if the actual Call Volume is greater than [*] percent ([*]%) over the target provided in the [*] Day Lock or if the average of other Like Sites is [*]([*]) or greater.  The AHT target provided in the [*] Day Lock will be subject to material breach, however, will not be subject to credits or debits.  Converted sites (sites subject to Conversion training as described in Exhibit B herein) will be measured [*]after the first call received in Production,

 

With respect to credits and debits, AT&T Mobility may receive the invoice credit set forth herein in the event the monthly AHT measurement is [*]([*]) or greater.  Change management procedures set forth in Exhibit 5 of the Agreement will be invoked if AHT targets need to change.

 

The AT&T Mobility invoice credits will be applied in the following fashion:

 

above [*]

 

[*]% AT&T Mobility invoice credit

 

5



 

6.3.7        Short Call Rate: Shall mean calls that are less than [*]in length.  The goal is not to exceed [*]% and shall be measured[*].  Converted sites (Sites subject to Conversion training as described in Exhibit B herein) will be measured [*]after the first call received in Production. Change in procedures shall be subject to Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.

 

7.             Cap:

 

The resulting Supplier earned debits and AT&T Mobility invoice credits for the applicable Performance Standard measurement set forth herein Section 6 will only be applied to the applicable Site’s Program Billable Hours billed.  The total AT&T Mobility invoice credit for all Performance Standards in aggregate in any month cannot exceed a maximum of [*]percent ([*]%) per Site invoice.  The total invoice debits to AT&T Mobility’s invoice credit for all Performance Standards in aggregate in any month cannot exceed a maximum of a [*]percent ([*]%) per Site invoice.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier may earn an additional [*]percent ([*]%) Bonus per quarter upon attainment of FCR and TR stretch targets.

 

8.             Performance Metrics Waivers

 

8.1   In addition to any other waivers set forth herein this Work Order, Supplier shall be excused for failures to meet any Performance Metric and shall not be in breach of this Work Order if such failure is caused by: a) AT&T Mobility; and/or b) third parties (hired or contracted) to provide system applications and/or system application services to or for AT&T Mobility (including carriers) (a and b collectively referred to as “AT&T Mobility/Service Provider”) including without limitation acts or omissions of AT&T Mobility/Service Provider.

 

8.2   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in addition to waivers set forth herein this Work Order, AT&T Mobility may choose to waive Performance Standards and applicable penalties at its sole discretion.  AT&T Mobility must invoke this option in writing within [*] of a missed Performance Metric.

 

9.             PRICE

 

9.1           Services shall be compensated by AT&T Mobility to Supplier pursuant to the rates and charges detailed in Exhibit B which is attached hereto and fully incorporated herein by this reference.  Such rates and charges do not include all applicable taxes.

 

10.          DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

Either party may give the other party written notice of any dispute not resolved in the normal course of business.  The parties will attempt in good faith to promptly resolve any issue, dispute, or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement promptly by negotiation between the managers set forth below.  Within [*]([*]) days after delivery of such notice, representatives of both parties will meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to exchange relevant information and to attempt to resolve the dispute within the time frames here:

 

 

 

AT&T Mobility Wireless

 

Supplier

 

 

 

 

 

Within[*]

 

[*]. Dir. Customer Ops

 

Regional VP

 

 

 

 

 

Within[*]

 

[*], Dir. Customer Ops

 

Regional VP

 

 

 

 

 

Within[*]

 

[*], Exec Dir. Customer Svc

 

Senior Vice President or Executive Vice President of Operations

 

If any dispute is not resolved in accordance with this process after[*], the parties will escalate to the respective executive levels.  Both parties agree to continue performance during the negotiation period set forth in this section of the Work Order.

 

The individuals listed in the table above will serve as primary contact for dispute resolution.  Any changes will be made in accordance with Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.

 

11.  SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS:

 

11.1         The terms set forth below shall be in addition to the terms set forth in the respective sections of the Agreement:

 

11.1.1     Supplier Responsibilities

 

6



 

a.             Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Order or the Agreement, Supplier will be responsible for supplying all Supplier personnel, facilities, technology subject to Section 50 of Agreement, services and materials necessary to perform the Services in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Work Order.

 

b.             Supplier will provide the necessary, as of the Effective Date of this Work Order, voice and data infrastructure and PCs (or thin client applications in lieu of PCs) at Supplier’ Site(s) from the point of demarcation within Supplier’ data center(s) for voice and data communications.  The point of demarcation is the point where AT&T Mobility-owned circuits/equipment end and Supplier-owned circuits/equipment begin.  AT&T Mobility will provide any intelligent call management (ICM) routing and screen-pop equipment as required; or, alternatively Supplier will provide ICM and screen-pop equipment subject to Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.  Supplier’ PCs will reside on the Supplier network and access AT&T Mobility’s systems via web, Citrix, or other thin client connectivity.

 

c.             Supplier shall pay for the Supplier standard, as of the Effective Date of this Work Order, voice and data network facilities. AT&T Mobility shall be responsible for other voice and data charges, including delivering voice and data to Supplier’ data center hub(s), bandwidth exceeding Supplier’ standards in existence as of the Work Order Effective Date, and any dedicated security equipment required by AT&T Mobility.  In the event AT&T Mobility utilizes VoATM to deliver calls to a Supplier hub, AT&T Mobility will provide the Nortel Passport or equivalent device required in the Supplier hub to accept the VoATM traffic.  Supplier agrees to relinquish ownership at no cost to AT&T Mobility of any and all toll-free numbers associated with the Program to AT&T Mobility or another party specified by AT&T Mobility within [*]of AT&T Mobility’s request; provided that AT&T Mobility is current on all invoices.

 

11.1.2      Training

 

a.             Training costs shall be billed as listed under Exhibit B.

 

b.             Initial new hire training:  Supplier agrees to provide initial Program training to Supplier’ CSRs in accordance with AT&T Mobility provided Training Materials, and all retraining, ongoing soft-skills training, and customer service training at the rates set forth in Exhibit B, in order to perform the Services described in this Work Order.  If mutually agreed between the parties subject to Exhibit 5 of the Agreement, AT&T Mobility may provide AT&T Mobility trainers for initial train-the-trainer training programs.

 

c.             AT&T Mobility may request to extend the duration of initial Program training subject to Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.

 

11.1.3.     Quality Assessment

 

a.     Supplier will provide enough Quality Assessment (“QA”) agents at the QA rate set forth in Exhibit B, to CSRs to meet the average number of observations monthly.  Each CSR is monitored an average of [*]evaluations per [*]by QA and Production staff/personnel collectively and other informal evaluations as agreed upon by the parties based upon individual CSR performance. Supervisors will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide feedback within [*]if below goal and [*]if within or above goal.  Agents needing improvement will receive additional evaluations via various methods (side by side, additional monitoring, remote monitoring, double jacking, etc).  QA agents will shadow CSRs while on the call without the CSR being aware they are being monitored.  Calibration sessions between Supplier QA agents, Supplier supervisors and AT&T Mobility representatives will be held weekly to ensure scoring and feedback to CSRs is consistent. If Supplier fails to monitor an average of [*]evaluations per [*]by QA and Production staff/personnel collectively as set forth above, Supplier will be advised of such deficiencies and Supplier will have [*]to bring performance back to objective’s standards.  AT&T Mobility and Supplier may mutually agree to modify the standards upon written agreement signed by both parties, in the event AHT increases by [*]percent (20%) from the previous

 

7



 

month’s [*]-Day Commitment, AT&T Mobility and Supplier shall re-evaluate the QA staffing required to meet the obligations set forth herein

 

11.1.4      AT&T Mobility shall be responsible for and must approve scripts, order forms, and report formats to be used by Supplier for Services provided pursuant to this Work Order.  If Supplier desires any changes whatsoever to the aforementioned scripts, forms or formats, then Supplier must obtain AT&T Mobility’s prior written approval of such changes.

 

11.1.5      Cancellation and Termination

 

a.     Upon expiration, a AT&T Mobility Termination Without Cause or Supplier Cancellation For Cause (if requested by Supplier), of a Work Order, AT&T Mobility and Supplier agree to honor the Full Call Volume Commitments during the notice period with a [*]ramp down period to follow, where AT&T Mobility will provide to Supplier [*]% / [*]% / [*]% of the Call Volume Commitment, respectively during the [*]ramp down. Call Volume Commitment is defined as the average monthly volume over the preceding [*]prior to termination notification (but in no case less than any applicable minimum).  Any difference between actual billings and the Call Volume Commitment shall be billed to and payable by AT&T Mobility.

 

b.     In addition to all other rights or remedies provided for in this Agreement or by law, either party may immediately cancel this Agreement if:  (1) the other party becomes insolvent or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (2) the other party admits in writing the inability to pay debts as they mature; (3) Any court appoints a trustee or receiver with respect to the other party or any substantial part of the other party’s assets; or (4) An action is taken by or against other party under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws or laws relating to the relief of debtors, including the Federal Bankruptcy Act.

 

11.2         “Occupancy” is calculated by subtracting total idle (waiting to serve) time from total logged in time and dividing the difference by total logged in time.

 

11.3         “Payroll Hour” is defined as an hour for which a CSR is compensated by Supplier

 

11.4         “Privacy Laws” means Laws relating to data privacy, trans-border data flow or data protection.

 

11.5         “Billable Hour” The time between the time a CSR clocks into and clocks out of Supplier’s time keeping system for the purpose of performing agreed upon work for AT&T Mobility.  This time shall include a maximum of [*]per [*] of pre-shift instructions per CSR unless otherwise directed by AT&T Mobility.  The Billable Hour include [*] minutes for breaks but does not include lunches, sick time, vacations, or Supplier sponsored events such as non-AT&T Mobility focus groups and non-AT&T Mobility development.  Actual time in a Billable Hour for billing purposes is[*].

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives:

 

 

StarTek USA Inc.

 

AT&T Mobility LLC by its authorized Representative AT&T Services, Inc.

By:

        /s/ A.L. Jones

 

By:

        /s/ Keith Connoly

Printed Name:

     A. L. Jones

 

Printed Name:

    Keith Connoly

Title:

       President & CEO

 

Title:

       VP-Global Strategic Sourcing

Date:

        11/19/08

 

Date:

         11/7/08

 

8



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Deliverables/Specifications/Requirements

 

Delivery Date

 

Evidence of Success

Deliverable Set # 1 – Reporting

ACD Report: Comprehensive report with data taken directly from the switch. Details total calls offered, calls handled, calls abandoned, average speed of answer, average handle time by live agent and downtime. Delivered to AT&T Mobility daily.

 

Agent (PAR) Report: Agent or Personal Accountability Reports provide queue performance statistics broken down by agent. Data elements include the number of ACD calls answered, the average time spent on each ACD call, the average time spent waiting between ACD calls, the time spend doing post-call work, the time spent logged into the system, Short calls, transfer rates, availability etc. Delivered to AT&T Mobility daily.

 

Call Disposition Report: offers call disposition detail by type code. Supplier may provide this report to AT&T Mobility subject to Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.

 

System Outages Report: Report provides a listing of the date, time, duration and description of any system outages to Supplier’ systems, root cause analysis, and preventive measures. Delivered to AT&T Mobility when system outages occur.

 

Call Comparison: Compares forecasted to actual call volume and answer performance.

 

Combined FTE: Report provides headcount and training data, as well as weekly attrition. Delivered to AT&T Mobility weekly.

 

Attrition Training: Report provides ongoing attrition training data, with class details (class size, dates, etc.). Delivered to AT&T Mobility weekly.

 

Interval: report provides one-half hour (1/2) interval call volume data. Delivered to AT&T Mobility daily.

 

Invoice Detail: Invoices will include detailed documentation including but not limited to, for each CSR; a list of CSR names, hours logged via the ACD, hours logged, hire date, tenure, and indicator for training or Production status.

 

Weekly Quality Report: Weekly roll up of quality performance to include: scores from evaluations completed by Supplier’ quality team, scores from evaluations completed by Supplier’ leadership team (team leads/supervisors), QA/Team Lead score variance, combined score, total evaluations completed by QA team, total evaluations completed by Team Leads.

 

Monthly Quality Report Monthly roll up of quality performance to include: scores from evaluations completed by Supplier’ quality team, scores from evaluations completed by Supplier’ leadership team (team leads/supervisors), QA/Team Lead score variance, combined score, total evaluations completed by QA team, total evaluations completed by Team Leads.

 

As indicated in report description

 

Accurate and timely reporting either pushed to recipients or available online.

 



 

Deliverable Set # 2 – Quarterly Program Reviews

·      Supplier will conduct quarterly Program reviews in person at AT&T Mobility Headquarters to cover Program highlights, overall account activity, budget analysis, review key reports and metrics at a management level, the incentive programs that were run and their results, and to ensure that stated agreed upon Program objectives are being met (return on investment or “ROI”). If Program objectives are not being met, team must collectively establish an action plan to be implemented within [*]to achieve measurable results within[*].

 

Quarterly reviews as scheduled

 

Evidence of Success:

·      Quarterly reviews are held as scheduled

 



 

Exhibit B

Price

 

For Services performed under this Work Order, Supplier shall be compensated in accordance with the pricing shown below:

 

PROGRAM NAME

 

CONSUMER CUSTOMER CARE

BILLABLE HOUR RATE
BASED ON CSR TENURE IN
MONTHS

 

[*]

 

$[*]

 

[*]

 

$[*]

 

[*]

 

$[*]

 

 

 

 

 

After Hours Support

 

[*]

 

$[*]

 

[*]

 

$[*]

 

[*]

 

$[*]

DRUG SCREEN &
BACKGROUND CHECK: (US Sites only)

 

 

 

Passed through at cost (Checks required as a result of attrition will be the responsibility of Supplier.)

OVERTIME RATE & HOLIDAY (by Site)

 

 

 

[*]% premium above the applicable Billable Hour rate

 

 

 

 

New Hire/Growth $[*]

 

 

 

 

Nesting $ [*]

TRAINING RATE

 

 

 

Supplemental/Conversion: Training: [*]

 

 

 

 

All Attrition: [*]

 

 

Notes:

 

a.               CSR tenure is determined based on the hire date of such CSR on any AT&T Mobility program.  Except as otherwise stated in the Work Order, the total amount payable by AT&T Mobility for the Services shall be determined by applying the stated rate of compensation to the Services actually performed by Supplier. [*].  Holiday Rates shall apply based on applicable Holidays at the Site.  US Holidays (applicable only in the U.S.): New Years Day, Thanksgiving Day, Labor Day, Christmas Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day.  Canadian Holidays (applicable only in Canada): New Years Day, Family Day, Good Friday, Victoria Day, Canada Day, Civic Day, Saskatchewan Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Remembrance Day, Christmas Day, and Boxing Day.  Should AT&T Mobility request that Supplier provide Services for the Program on any of the Holidays listed, AT&T Mobility shall compensate Supplier at the Holiday Rate as listed herein.

 

b.              Domestic Inbound/Outbound telecom.  AT&T Mobility shall be client of record on the (800) service.  Subject to AT&T Mobility’s prior written approval of usage, domestic inbound and outbound telecom charges shall be[*].

 

c.               Postage, shredding, express mail, printing, and courier services, trunking and circuits, reproduction (other than [*]which is borne by[*]), and travel (Pre-approved by AT&T Mobility) will all be charged at [*]in accordance with Exhibit 9 of the Agreement.

 

d.              Clerical Support $[*] per hour (not to exceed [*]per [*]without prior approval of the AT&T Mobility contact identified in 2.1 of this Work Order.  Functions shall include, but not be limited to, the following tasks:

 

·                  Login ordering, tracking, retiring and maintenance

·                  SOX contact for all AT&T Mobility audits

·                  Clarify maintenance

·                  Submitting and tracking Credits and Adjustments

·                  Sessions Enrollments for training

·                  AT&T Mobility University setups and retires

·                  Course enrollments and completions

·                  Tracking and follow through of all Office of the President requests

·                  Back up to LRP for all AT&T Mobility reporting

·                  Distribute and ensure follow up on feedback items (Clarify, Wave, PCS, Tier II, SOA, Direct Fulfillment, etc.), compile results

·                  Gather and summarize results of initiatives (PAR/SRS, migrations, etc.)

 



 

e.               Any Nesting will be billed at the Nesting rate set forth here in Exhibit B.  The Conversion rate will apply for training required when CSRs are transferred from one AT&T program to another AT&T program where “Conversion” training is required.

 



 

Exhibit C

Program Descriptions

 

Program Name

 

Program Description
Functions shall include, but may not be
limited to, the following tasks:

 

Program Projects by Sites
Any changes to the mix of
Program project(s) supported
by Site shall be subject to
Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.

Customer Service Experience (“CSE”), including Billing Conversion (“BCV”) or Consumer Care

 

Inbound calls from post paid subscribers. Duties include the following account maintenance activities: billing statement questions, adjustments, changes to features/services, changes of billing information, customer issues relative to price plans, customer cancellation inquiries, adding / deleting promotions & features, contract inquiries and termination dates, rate plan changes, account updates, lost / stolen phone resolutions, cancel requests, promotion / plan clarification, programming phones, equipment and features instructions, voice mail resets, respond to coverage concerns, equipment (wireless cell phones and PDAs) changes, assisting with handset issues and upgrading equipment, migration of customers between billing application, completion of downtime form and offline services, escalated services/resolution.

 

[*]

Prepaid Consumer Care

 

Inbound calls from prepaid subscribers. Duties include the following account maintenance activities: billing statement questions, adjustments, changes to features/services, changes of billing information, customer issues relative to price plans, customer cancellation inquiries, adding / deleting promotions & features, contract inquiries and termination dates, rate plan changes, account updates, lost / stolen phone resolutions, cancel requests, promotion / plan clarification, programming phones, equipment and features instructions, voice mail resets, respond to coverage concerns, equipment (wireless cell phones and PDAs) changes, migration of customers between billing application, completion of downtime form and offline services, escalated services/resolution.

 

N/A

Technical Support

 

Primary point of contact for issues relating to call and data processing, roaming wireless network, prepaid network, provisioning and TDMA, GSM

 

N/A

 



 

Program Name

 

Program Description
Functions shall include, but may not be
limited to, the following tasks:

 

Program Projects by Sites
Any changes to the mix of
Program project(s) supported
by Site shall be subject to
Exhibit 5 of the Agreement.

 

 

and data technology. Offline work to support technical services can include filing cases and escalating resolution, and a filter team may exist to review case quality before routing to Tier III network groups.

 

 

Receivables Management

 

Inbound calls from consumer, post paid subscribers.  Duties include the following account maintenance activities:  Processing payments and setting payment arrangements, as appropriate.  General billing statement questions, adjustments related to late fees, restoral fees, and contract termination charges, changes to features/services, changes of billing information (address, contact numbers, etc.), customer issues relative to price plans, customer cancellation inquiries if customer is delinquent, contract inquiries and termination dates, simple rate plan changes (no family talk, complex changes), account updates, cancel requests, promotion / plan clarification, voice mail resets via AT&T Mobility.com.  Education of customer on payment options, such as *PAY, AT&T Mobility.com and Future Dated Payments.

 

N/A

Specialty Queues

 

Services for unique business types including call handling for escalated customer care/RM issues specific to billing, equipment, coverage and account details.

 

N/A

 



 

Exhibit D

Hours of Operations and Training Durations

 

Program
Names

 

Project

 

Site

 

Hours of Operation

 

Maximum
New Hire
Days

 

Maximum
New Hire
Transition
or Nesting
Days

 

Customer Service Experience (“CSE”)

 

North Central CSE / National After Hours

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

15



 

EXHIBIT E

 

 

 

 

 

Invoice Credit

 

Target

 

Earned Offset Debit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

=

 

+

 

+

 

Frequency

 

Comments

FCR

 

Bonus/Penalty

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

Compare To like centers

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

[*]

 

Subject to Work Order Section 6.3.1

 

 

Result

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

 

 

 

Total Resolved

 

Bonus/Penalty

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

Compare to like centers

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

[*]

 

Subject to Work Order Section 6.3.2

 

 

Result

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

[*]

 

 

Occupancy

 

Bonus/Penalty

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

[*]

 

Subject to Work Order Section 6.3.3

 

 

Result

 

[*]%

 

 

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

 

 

 

Productivity

 

Bonus/Penalty

 

[*]%

 

[*]%

 

N/A

 

[*]

 

Subject to Work Order Section 6.3.4

 

 

Result

 

[*]%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfers

 

Bonus/Penalty

 

N/A

 

[*]%

 

N/A

 

[*]

 

Subject to Work Order Section 6.3.5

 

 

Result

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AHT

 

Bonus/Penalty

 

[*]%

 

[*]

 

N/A

 

[*]

 

Subject to Work Order Section 6.3.6

 

 

Result

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maximum Calculated Bonus/Penalty

 

[*]%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[*]%

 

 

 

 

Maximum Invoiced Bonus/Penalty (CAP)

 

[*]%

 

 

CAP

 

 

[*]%*

 

 

 

Total Startek earned debit to AT&T’s invoice credit is capped at [*] percent ([*]%) and the AT&T invoice credit is capped at [*] percent ([*]%). The total debits, credits and/or bonuses will be applied to the invoiced amount for the CSE Program Billable Hours only ([*]).

 


EX-10.53 4 a09-6519_1ex10d53.htm EX-10.53

EXHIBIT 10.53

 

Inbound and Outbound Contingency Services

 

Work Order

 

GAMSA-STAR081106-00.S.004

 

Between

 

StarTek, Inc.

 

And

 

AT&T Mobility LLC

 

1



 

This Work Order GAMSA-STAR081106-00.S.004 (“WO”), effective on December 1, 2008 (“Effective Date”),  is issued pursuant to Agreement No. GAMSA-STAR081106-00 dated October 1, 2006 (“Agreement”) between AT&T Mobility LLC (“Buyer” or “AT&T”) and StarTek, Inc. (“Supplier”), and the Agreement is incorporated by reference herein.  Capitalized terms used in this Work Order not otherwise defined herein shall have the definitions specified in the Agreement.  If the Work Order conflicts with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Agreement shall control unless set forth in the “Special Considerations” section of this Work Order in which case the Work Order shall govern and control.

 

Buyer hereby authorizes Supplier to perform the following Services:

 

1              SCOPE OF WORK

 

1.1           Supplier shall take and handle inbound and outbound customer care inquiries for Buyer’s Advanced Network Services (“ANS”), Enterprise Technical Support (“ETS”) and Technical Support Desk (“TSD”) (“Program”) by Phases in support of Buyer’s contingency planning for work stoppage as follows:

 

a.     Phase 1:  Recruitment, hiring, and training of applicable resources (Exhibit A)

b.     Phase 2:  Service Center Operations (Exhibit B)

 

1.2            In order to accommodate the uncertainty inherent in scheduling for Buyer’s contingency planning, Supplier shall begin each Phase specified above only upon receipt of a Change Notice from Buyer in the form set forth in Exhibit D.   The Parties acknowledge that these phases will be triggered, if at all, in Buyer’s sole discretion.

 

2.             PRIMARY CONTACT INFORMATION

 

2.1           The following will perform the function of primary Supplier Project Manager for the Program for the duration of this Work Order.  Supplier will use reasonable commercial efforts to retain the resource in this position.

 

Buyer Contact(s)

 

Supplier Contact(s)

Name: [*]

 

Name: [*]

Address: [*]

 

Address: [*]

Phone: [*]

 

Phone: [*]

Cell: [*]

 

Cell: [*]

E-mail: [*]

 

E-mail: [*]

 

3.     TERM

 

3.1           The Term of this Work Order shall commence on December 1, 2008, (“Effective Date”), and shall continue until midnight on September 30, 2009 the (“Term”).  The Work Order may be terminated as allowed in the Agreement or in this Work Order.

 

4.     SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS

 

4.1           The deliverables to be delivered by Supplier to Buyer pursuant to this Work Order are listed in Exhibits A-B “Phase 1-2” (the “Deliverables”).

 

5.     PERFORMANCE STANDARDS

 

5.1           Performance Standards shall be determined for each Phase as shown in Exhibit’s A-B.

 

PRIVATE/PROPRIETARY/LOCK

 

The information contained in this Agreement is not for use or disclosure outside Buyer, Supplier, their affiliated companies and their third party representatives, except under written Agreement by the contracting Parties.

 

2



 

6.     PRICE

 

6.1           Materials and Services shall be compensated by Buyer to Supplier pursuant to the rates and charges detailed in each Exhibit attached hereto and fully incorporated herein by this reference.  Such rates and charges do not include all applicable taxes.

 

7.       DISPUTE RESOLUTION

 

7.1           Either party may give the other party written notice of any dispute not resolved in the normal course of business.  The parties will attempt in good faith to promptly resolve any issue, dispute, or controversy arising out of or relating to this Agreement promptly by negotiation between the managers set forth below.   Within [*] ([*]) days after delivery of such notice, representatives of both parties will meet at a mutually acceptable time and place, and thereafter as often as they reasonably deem necessary, to exchange relevant information and to attempt to resolve the dispute within the time frames here:

 

 

 

Buyer

 

Supplier

Within [*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

Within [*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

Within [*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

If any dispute is not resolved in accordance with this process after [*], the parties will escalate to the respective executive levels.  Both parties agree to continue performance during the negotiation period set forth in this section of the Work Order.

 

8.     SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

 

8.1           The terms set forth below shall be in addition to the terms set forth in the respective sections of the Agreement:

 

8.1.1       Except as otherwise set forth in this Work Order or the Agreement, Supplier will be responsible for supplying all Supplier personnel, facilities, technology, services and materials necessary to perform the Services in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Work Order.

 

8.1.2       Supplier will provide the necessary, as of the Effective Date of this Work Order, voice and data infrastructure and PC’s (or thin client applications in lieu of PCs) at Supplier’ Site(s) from the point of demarcation within Supplier’s data center(s) for voice and data communications.  The point of demarcation is the point where AT&T Mobility-owned circuits/equipment end and Supplier-owned circuits/equipment begin.  AT&T Mobility will provide any intelligent call management (ICM) routing and screen-pop equipment as required; or, alternatively Supplier will provide ICM and screen-pop equipment subject to Exhibit C of this Work Order.   Supplier’ PCs will reside on the Supplier network and access AT&T Mobility’s systems via web, Citrix, or other thin client connectivity.

 

8.1.3       Supplier shall pay for [*], as of the Effective date of this Work Order, [*].  AT&T Mobility shall be responsible for [*], including [*].  In the event AT&T Mobility utilizes VoATM to deliver calls to a Supplier hub, AT&T Mobility will provide [*].  Supplier agrees to relinquish ownership at no cost to AT&T Mobility of any and all toll-free numbers associated with the Program to AT&T Mobility or another party specified by AT&T Mobility within [*]hours of AT&T Mobility’s request; provided that AT&T Mobility is current on all invoices.

 

8.1.4       In addition to all other rights or remedies provided for in this Agreement or by law, either party may immediately cancel this Agreement if:  (1) the other party becomes insolvent or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (2) the other party admits in writing the inability to pay debts as they mature; (3) Any court appoints a trustee or receiver with respect to the other party or any substantial part of the other party’s assets; or (4) An action is taken by or against other party under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws or laws relating to the relief of debtors, including the Federal Bankruptcy Act.

 

3



 

8.1.5        Information Security:  Supplier shall be in compliance with the AT&T Supplier Information Security Requirements included herein as Exhibit C.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Work Order to be executed by their duly authorized representatives:

 

StarTek, Inc.

 

AT&T Mobility LLC by its authorized agent, AT&T Services, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

      /s/ A.L. Jones

 

By:

/s/ Jewel Hornbuckle

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:

A. Laurence Jones

 

Printed Name:  Jewel Hornbuckle

 

 

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

Title: Sr. Contract Manager

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

1/29/09

 

Date:

1/9/09

 

4



 

EXHIBIT A

PHASE 1

DELIVERABLES

 

ORDERING OF IT EQUIPMENT (SERVERS/CIRCUITS)

 RECRUITMENT, HIRING, AND TRAINING OF APPLICABLE RESOURCES

 

1              SCOPE OF WORK

 

1.1           Supplier is authorized to provide the following (“the Work”):

 

·      Circuits and servers as approved by AT&T

·      Recruit, Hire, and Train [*] resources (resources may be adjusted as approved by AT&T)

 

1.2           Services shall be performed on the date when signed by last Party through September 30, 2009 during the following hours of operation (“Hours of Operation”) set forth below by site (“Site”):

 

 

Programs

 

Location

 

Hours of Operation

 

Maximum New Hire
*Days

 

ANS

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

ETS

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

TSD

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[*]

 


 

 

* Actual Training Days

 

1.3           Ramp Up Schedule

 

Number of Agents in production

 

 

Program

 

Total Agents

 

ANS

 

[*]

 

ETS

 

[*]

 

TSD

 

[*]

 

1.4           Hours of Operation may be amended from time to time as set forth in Exhibit D Change in Scope of this Work Order.  Buyer reserves the right to modify (decrease or increase) Services Hours of Operation [*] written notice to Supplier.  Buyer agrees to utilize the procedures outlined in Exhibit D to effect this change.

 

2.             EFFECTIVE DATE

 

2.1           Phase 1 shall commence upon receipt of written notification from Buyer by Change Order (“Effective Date”).  This Phase may be terminated as allowed in the Agreement or in this Work Order.

 

3.             TRAINING

 

3.1           Supplier agrees to provide Customer Service Representative (CSRs) with initial classroom training and on-the-job training (“Nesting”) at the rates set forth in Attachment 1 to Exhibit A (“Price”).

 

5



 

3.2           Supplier agrees to provide initial Program training and Nesting to Supplier’s CSRs in accordance with Buyer provided Training Materials, and[*], Buyer requested monthly supplemental, policy training, and product and offer training, at the rates set forth in Attachment 1 to Exhibit A, in order to perform the Services described in this Work Order.

 

3.3           Buyer may request changes to initial Program training subject to Exhibit D of this Work Order

 

3.4.          Any, and all, trainers must be certified by AT&T master trainers to facilitate new hire curriculum.

 

4.             PRICE

 

4.1           Circuits and servers, including any termination fees incurred by Supplier upon the expiration of the Term or earlier termination of this Work Order – [*]

 

4.2           Recruiting, Hiring, Training – As outlined in Attachment 1 to Exhibit A (“Price”)

 

5.             SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

 

5.1           The terms set forth below shall be in addition to the terms set forth in the respective sections of the Agreement:

 

5.1.1        Termination – This Phase 1 of Work Order No. GAMSA-STAR081106-00.S.004 may be terminated upon [*] notice utilizing the Change Notice as outlined in Exhibit D.

 

5.1.2        Initial new hire training:  Supplier agrees to provide initial Program training to Supplier’s CSRs in accordance with AT&T Mobility provided Training Materials, and all retraining, ongoing soft-skills training, and customer service training at the rates set forth in Exhibit A, in order to perform the Services described in this Work Order.  If mutually agreed between the parties subject to Exhibit D of this Work Order, AT&T Mobility may provide AT&T Mobility trainers for initial train-the-trainer training programs.

 

5.1.3        AT&T Mobility may request to extend the duration of initial Program training subject to Exhibit D of this Work Order.

 

6



 

ATTACHMENT 1

TO EXHIBIT A

 

PRICE

 

For Services performed under this Work Order, Supplier shall be compensated in accordance with the pricing shown below:

 

PROGRAM NAME

 

 

 

StarTek Tier II Pricing (US)

Technical Support Tier II,
ANS, TSD. & ETS Programs -

Tenure Level Based on Agent
Tenure in Months

 

[*]

 

$[*]

 

[*]

 

$[*]

 

[*]

 

$[*]

 

 

 

 

 

After Hours Support

 

[*]

 

$[*] Premium on Agent’s applicable Tenured Rates

 

[*]

 

$[*] Premium on Agent’s applicable Tenured Rates

 

[*]

 

$[*] Premium on Agent’s applicable Tenured Rates

Clerical Support

 

Not to exceed [*]without prior approval of AT&T

 

$[*]

DRUG SCREEN & BACKGROUND CHECK

 

[*] (Checks required as a result of attrition will be the responsibility of StarTek.)

OVERTIME RATE & HOLIDAY

 

[*]% premium above the applicable Billable Hour rate

NESTING - PRODUCTION

 

Nesting:
  Tier II Tech Support - $
[*]

TRAINING RATE

 

New Hire/Growth:
  Tier II Tech Support - $
[*]

 

Supplemental Training [*]

 

Conversion Training: [*]

 

All Attrition: [*]

 

Notes:

 

a.     CSR tenure is determined based on the hire date of such CSR on any AT&T Mobility program.  Except as otherwise stated in the Work Order, the total amount payable by AT&T Mobility for the Services shall be determined by applying the stated rate of compensation to the Services actually performed by Supplier.   [*].  Holiday Rates shall apply based on applicable Holidays at the Site.  US Holidays (applicable only in the U.S.):  New Years Day, Thanksgiving Day, Labor Day, Christmas Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day.

 

b.     Domestic Inbound/Outbound telecom:  AT&T Mobility shall be client of record on the (800) service.  Subject to AT&T Mobility’s prior written approval of usage, domestic inbound and outbound telecom charges shall be [*].

 

7



 

c.               Postage, shredding, express mail, printing, and courier services, trunking and circuits, reproduction (other than [*] which is borne by [*]), and travel (Pre-approved by AT&T Mobility) will all be charged at [*].

 

d.              Clerical Support $[*] per hour (not to exceed [*] per [*] without prior approval of the AT&T Mobility contact identified in 2.1 of this Work Order.  Functions shall include, but not be limited to, the following tasks:

 

·                  Login ordering, tracking, retiring and maintenance

·                  SOX contact for all AT&T Mobility audits

·                  Clarify maintenance

·                  Submitting and tracking Credits and Adjustments

·                  Sessions Enrollments for training

·                  AT&T Mobility University setups and retires

·                  Course enrollments and completions

·                  Tracking and follow through of all Office of the President requests

·                  Back up to LRP for all AT&T Mobility reporting

·                  Distribute and ensure follow up on feedback items (Clarify, Wave, PCS, Tier II, SOA, Direct Fulfillment, etc.), compile results

·                  Gather and summarize results of initiatives (PAR/SRS, migrations, etc.)

 

e.               Any Nesting will be billed at the Nesting rate set forth here in Exhibit A.  The Conversion rate will apply for training required when CSRs are transferred from one AT&T program to another AT&T program where “Conversion” training is required.

 

8



 

EXHIBIT B

PHASE 2

DELIVERABLES

 

SERVICE CENTER OPERATIONS

 

Buyer hereby authorizes Supplier to perform the following Services:

 

1                                         SCOPE OF WORK

 

1.1                                Supplier customer services representatives (“CSRs”) shall shall take and handle inbound and outbound customer care inquiries for Buyer’s Advanced Network Services (“ANS”), Enterprise Technical Support, (“ETS”) and Technical Support Desk (“TSD”) programs (“Program”).

 

1.2                                Supplier shall assist Buyer ANS, ETS and TSD customers with issues as specified in Attachment 1 to Exhibit B (Program Descriptions).

 

1.3                                Any other activities, changes that result in the nature or type, market or mix of calls to change, including any changes to the mix of Program project(s) supported by the Site, shall be subject to Exhibit D of this Work Order.

 

1.4                                Services shall be performed, not including Holidays as set forth in Attachment 3 to Exhibit B, during the following Hours of operation  (“Hours of Operation”) set forth below by site (“Site”):

 

Program Name

 

Location

 

Hours of Operation

ANS

 

[*]

 

[*]

ETS

 

[*]

 

[*]

TSD

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

1.5                                Hours of Operation may be amended from time to time as set forth in Exhibit D of this Work Order.  Buyer reserves the right to modify (decrease or increase) Services Hours of Operation upon [*] calendar [*] written notice to Supplier.  Buyer agrees to utilize the procedures outlined in Exhibit D to effect this change.

 

2.                                      EFFECTIVE DATE

 

2.1                                Phase 2 shall commence upon receipt of a signed Change Notice (Exhibit D).  This Phase may be terminated as allowed in the Agreement or in this Work Order.

 

3.                                      SERVICE SPECIFICATIONS AND REQUIREMENTS

 

3.1                                The deliverables to be delivered by Supplier to Buyer pursuant to this Work Order [*] are listed in Attachment 2 “Deliverables Matrix” (the “Deliverables”).

 

3.2                                Buyer shall provide to Supplier a daily CSR equipment fraud report (“Equipment Fraud Report”) for Supplier audit.

 

9



 

4.                                      BUYER SYSTEMS USE AND DOWNTIME

 

4.1                                Should AT&T Mobility systems become unavailable to Supplier, Supplier will follow the notification instructions contained in AT&T Mobility’s downtime policy as provided by AT&T Mobility.  Supplier will utilize downtime forms to capture call information on the AT&T Mobility-provided downtime forms and will input into AT&T Mobility systems as soon as reasonably possible after restoration of the impacted systems.  [*].  Supplier shall be excused from Performance Standards for the duration of the system outage.

 

4.2                                If the telecommunications systems are in failure due to AT&T Mobility, AT&T Mobility may require Supplier’s CSRs to go into pure AUX state, whereby they are not receiving calls.  [*].  Supplier shall be excused from Performance Standards for the duration of the outage.

 

4.3                                The AT&T Mobility system will be completely down during certain after-hour times and other scheduled times throughout the year for maintenance.  When practical, AT&T Mobility will advise Supplier of the scheduled maintenance at least [*] prior to the times and dates that the systems will not be available due to maintenance.

 

4.4                                Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of a Supplier system/telecommunications outage, Supplier will utilize CSRs’ billable time for offline work and training for the duration of the outage.  AT&T Mobility shall not be charged for unutilized hours for the duration of a Supplier system outage.

 

4.5                                Supplier shall advise the AT&T Mobility Contact and/or Supplier Manager when any AT&T Mobility-provided system is down for more than [*].  Supplier shall provide an escalation plan with mitigating action in the event of systems disruption to be approved by AT&T Mobility by Services launch.

 

Supplier will continue to provide the Services under this Work Order if AT&T Mobility relocates its operations to an interim or substitute facility or otherwise implements any of its internal disaster recovery plans.

 

4.7                                Failure to comply materially with this Section constitutes a material breach of the Agreement.

 

5.              PERFORMANCE STANDARDS:

 

5.1                                AT&T Mobility and Supplier have developed the standards set forth in this Work Order, (hereinafter “Performance Standards”) to ensure the delivery of high quality, efficient customer service.  Effective upon signature of this Work Order by both parties (“Effective Date”), Performance Standard measurements for Sites existing on the Effective Date shall begin the month following the Effective Date, or for the Performance Standards related to First Call Resolution and Respect, the next full or prorated per complete months remaining, as the case may be, calendar quarter.  Performance Standards for Sites opening after the Effective Date shall be applicable to Services performed from a particular Site/Program [*] days after Site opening.  Furthermore, anytime a particular Site/Program increases by more than [*] percent ([*] %) over a [*] period (measured by the [*]-Day Lock FTE), Performance Standards shall not apply with respect to such Site/Program until [*] after the incremental Site/Program staff has been in Production handling customer calls.  Before the application of any of the Performance Standards, the parties agree to meet and discuss in good faith changes to the Performance Standards set forth and the relevant AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned debits or bonuses with respect to such Performance Standards based on performance prior to such Performance Standards taking effect. Performance Standards hereunder shall be measured by Program at each Site and shall exclude [*] as set forth herein this Work Order.  Any invoice credits owed or debits earned by Supplier shall only apply to the Services invoiced for the particular Site/Program subject to Section 1.1 herein for which it was measured and shall be assessed to Inbound Receivables Management Program Billable Hours in Production only.  Any invoice debits earned by Supplier will be used to offset AT&T Mobility invoice credits only, except for Section 5.3.3 Occupancy which may earn a true debit.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier may earn a Bonus subject to Sections 5.3.1 and 5.3.2.  AT&T Mobility invoice credits, Supplier earned debits to AT&T Mobility invoice credits, and bonuses will be calculated as set forth in Section 5.3 and shall be applied on a quarterly basis.

 

5.2                                Call Volume Forecasting/Staffing.  Each month on a by Site/Program basis, AT&T Mobility shall provide Supplier [*] written forecasts to be used by Supplier as a guide for recruitment, planning and staffing activities.  The [*] written forecasts are as follows:

 

10



 

1.   [*]-Day Staffing Requirement

 

a.              Buyer will provide to Supplier a [*]-day staffing requirement with the required number of Full Time Equivalents (“FTEs”) (not to include OT) by Site/Line Group for recruitment purposes.

 

b.             [*]-Day Call Volume Outlook:  Buyer will provide to Supplier a [*]-Day Call volume Outlook with the required number of Full Time Equivalents (“FTEs”) by Site/Program for recruitment purposes.

 

c.              Based upon Buyer’s proposed [*]-day staffing requirement and its [*]-Day Call Volume Outlook, the parties will mutually agree upon the required [*]-day staffing requirement (“[*]-Day Staffing Requirement”).

 

2.   [*] Day Locked Forecast

 

a.              Buyer will provide to Supplier a [*]-Day Volume Forecast with the estimated daily number of calls by Site/Program for planning purposes as well as forecasted modification training for the applicable month  (“[*] Day Lock”).

 

b.             Buyer will provide to Supplier a [*] staffing model by interval on the Site level (suggested staffing or call volume).

 

3.   [*] Day Forecast

 

a.              Buyer will provide to Supplier [*] call arrival patterns by Site/Program

 

Supplier shall provide FTE staffing pursuant to the mutually agreed upon [*] Day Lock based upon the [*] Day Outlook Forecast, which will include an assumption of the current training and nesting requirements set forth in Exhibit A.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that AT&T Mobility requests training to extend beyond the current requirements set forth in Exhibit A, the parties shall address the change subject to Exhibit D of this Work Order.

 

The mutually agreed upon [*] Day Lock represents a commitment by AT&T Mobility and Supplier with respect to staffing levels.  Once the [*] Day Lock is agreed to, AT&T Mobility agrees to compensate Supplier for the Billable Hours incurred for the applicable month, and it is Supplier’s responsibility to staff to the [*] Day Lock as mutually agreed upon.    In cases where Supplier has duplicate Programs across Sites, AT&T Mobility and Supplier shall mutually agree upon volume changes at a Site level as long as the [*] Day Lock remains unchanged.  In the event that actual volumes are less than the [*] Day Lock, Supplier will use reasonable best efforts to ensure productive utilization of CSRs, which may include offering voluntary go home (“VGH”) or internal training.

 

Each [*] Day Forecast will be prepared on a Site/Program basis in [*] intervals and will include estimated call volumes, estimated average handle times, estimated shrinkage percentages and, when available, any other information which would be relevant for Supplier in providing the Services.

 

Both AT&T Mobility and Supplier will need to agree upon the volume forecasts and related staffing when the [*] Day Lock represents [*] % change from the previous [*] Day Outlook Forecast, as it may require additional new hire training.  The parties shall mutually agree upon adjusted staffing for the modified forecast volumes pursuant to Exhibit D of this Work Order.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a Site requires a reduction of more than [*] CSRs, Supplier shall have  [*] days from receipt of written notice, or the minimum number of days required to maintain compliance with the laws applicable in the affected Site’s location, to comply with the AT&T Mobility provided forecast.

 

a)                                      The Performance Standards outlined in this Work Order may be changed by AT&T Mobility upon [*]written notice to Supplier per the procedure outlined in Exhibit D, Management Procedures for Change in Scope of this Work Order.

 

11



 

b)                                     Notwithstanding the foregoing Performance Metrics and/or AT&T Mobility invoice credits under this Work Order or the Agreement shall be waived to the extent they are attributable to a failure caused by AT&T Mobility or if actual call volume for the Program exceeds or is less than the [*] Day Lock for such Site/Program by more than [*] percent ([*] %) or as otherwise set forth in this Work Order or the Agreement.

 

c)                                      Material failure to meet the same Performance Standards at the same Site/Program for [*] ([*]) consecutive months shall be considered a material default.

 

d)                                     Supplier shall provide at least [*] percent ([*] %) of the staffing pursuant to the [*] Day Lock and in any case shall use reasonable efforts to achieve [*] percent ([*] %) of the staffing pursuant to the [*] Day Lock, and AT&T Mobility shall provide at least [*] percent ([*] %) of the Billable Hours pursuant to the  Day Lock.  If Supplier fails to staff at least [*] percent ([*] %) of the [*] Day Lock and the shortage materially impacts AT&T Mobility’s ability to provide services to its customers, Supplier’s failure will be considered a material default.   At the request of AT&T Mobility, Supplier will provide a corrective action plan for such breach.

 

e)                                      Supplier shall be excused from Performance Metrics and/or AT&T Mobility invoice credits under this Work Order in the event the parties determine that the components and/or assumptions used to determine the [*] Day Lock are inaccurate resulting in Supplier failing to meet Performance Metrics.  The parties will mutually agree upon which component and/or assumption is inaccurate, will correct and re-run current and future forecasts utilizing the corrected components and/or assumptions.  Variable assumptions and/or components include, but shall not be limited to:  [*].

 

5.3                               Performance Metrics:  The following Performance Metrics shall be measured on a Site basis and shall be subject to material default and the applicable AT&T Mobility invoice credit, Supplier earned debit to AT&T Mobility’s invoice credit, or Bonus set forth herein.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, AT&T Mobility may request that additional Programs be subject to the Performance Metrics subject to Exhibit B of this Work Order.

 

5.3.1                      First Call Resolution Rate (“FCR”):  is defined as the total number of first time callers divided by the number of “One and Done” calls.  Wrong Interactions are factored out of calculation.  Each site is measured/accountable for this revised FCR   FCR will be measured quarterly by Site and shall be ranked against Like Sites’ national average, contingent upon a sample size of at least [*] per Site.  Sample sizes of less than [*] shall be excluded from the quarterly measurement.  AT&T Mobility or AT&T Mobility vendor sites with samples sites of less than [*] shall not be included in the stack ranking.

 

AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned offset debits will be applied at the end of the quarter, by Site/Program pursuant to Exhibit B.  New sites will be measured [*] after the first call received in Production.  Converted sites (sites subject to Conversion training as described in  Exhibit B herein) will be measured [*]after the first call received in Production.  The AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned offset debits will be applied in the following fashion based on FCR scores:

 

below [*] % of Like sites

 

[*] % AT&T Mobility invoice credit

[*]% of Like Sites

 

[*] % AT&T Mobility invoice credit

[*]% of Like Sites

 

[*] % Supplier earned offset debit

[*]%+ of Like Sites

 

[*] % Supplier earned offset debit

 

 

 

AT&T Mobility invoice credit not to exceed [*] %

 

 

 

A [*] percent ([*] %) bonus may apply on a per Site basis if the FCR stretch target is achieved in any quarter (“Bonus”).  The stretch target for First Call Resolution is [*] percent ([*] %) or better.   The Bonus shall be calculated as follows:  1) The quarterly invoice credit(s) /debit(s) shall be calculated (“Offset Result”), then (2) the Bonus shall be applied to the Offset Result.  Additionally, no invoice credit shall be due for the FCR performance standard if the FCR goal was achieved for the quarter.

 

12



 

5.3.2                        Respect: will be measured [*] by Site and shall be ranked against Like Sites’ national average, contingent upon a sample size of at least [*] per Site.  Sample sizes of less than [*] shall be excluded from the [*] measurement.  AT&T Mobility or AT&T Mobility vendor sites with samples sites of less than [*] shall not be included in the stack ranking.

 

AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned offset debits will be applied at the end of the [*], by Site/Program pursuant to Exhibit B.  New sites will be measured [*] after the first call received in Production. Converted sites (Sites subject to Conversion training as described in Exhibit B herein) will be measured [*]after the first call received in Production.

 

The AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned offset debits will be applied in the following fashion based on Respect scores:

 

below [*] % of Like Sites

 

[*] % AT&T Mobility invoice credit

[*]% of Like Sites

 

[*] % AT&T Mobility invoice credit

[*]% of Like Sites

 

[*] % Supplier earned offset debit

[*]%+ of Like Sites

 

[*] % Supplier earned offset debit

 

 

 

AT&T Mobility invoice credit not to exceed [*] %

 

 

 

A [*] percent ([*] %) bonus may apply on a per Site basis if the FCR and Respect stretch targets are achieved in any quarter (“Bonus”).  The stretch target for Respect is [*] percent ([*] %) or better.   The Bonus shall be calculated as follows:  [*].  Additionally, no invoice credit shall be due for the Respect performance standard if.

 

5.3.3                      Occupancy Rate:  The Occupancy Rate will be measured monthly, and shall be determined by [*]. The Occupancy Performance Standard and associated AT&T Mobility invoice credit will be [*] in the event that the actual call volume is less than [*] percent ([*] %) of the [*] Day Lock.  Any individual days where the actual call volumes are less than the [*] Day Forecast by [*] percent ([*] %) or more and the Occupancy target is missed will be [*] the monthly calculation of Occupancy.  The AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned debits will be applied in the following fashion based on Occupancy Rate scores:

 

below

 

[*] % AT&T Mobility invoice credit

 

 

[*]% Supplier earned debit

above

 

[*] % Supplier earned debit

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier may only earn a debit for Occupancy if it is staffed to at least [*] percent ([*] %) of the full time equivalents (“FTEs”) mutually agreed upon in the [*] Day Lock.  An FTE is defined by [*] worked hours.

 

5.3.4                      Call Transfer Rate:  Call Transfer Rate will be determined by [*] by a live CSR.  The parties acknowledge and agree that Supplier shall strive to meet the goal set forth herein but shall not be subject to material default of this Program, the Work Order or the Agreement for any failure to meet the target.  The Call Transfer Rate Performance Standard will be waived if the average of other Like Sites is greater than or equal to [*] percent ([*] %).  Change management procedures set forth in Exhibit D of this Work Order will be invoked for process changes directly impacting Call Transfer Rates.

 

TBD

 

(Rounded to the nearest whole percentage)

 

5.3.5                      Average Handle Time (“AHT”):  The AHT target by Site/Program shall be provided by AT&T Mobility as part of the [*] Day Lock and shall be measured [*] as it applies to material breach.  The AHT Performance Standard will be waived if the actual Call Volume is greater than set target provided in the [*] Day Lock.  The AHT target provided in the [*] Day Lock will be subject to material breach, however, will not be subject to credits or debits.  Converted sites (sites subject to Conversion training as described in Exhibit B herein) will be measured [*] after the first call received in Production,

 

13



 

With respect to credits and debits, AT&T Mobility may receive the invoice credit set forth herein in the event the [*] AHT measurement meets the specified target.  Change management procedures set forth in Exhibit D of this Work Order will be invoked if AHT targets need to change.

 

The AT&T Mobility invoice credits will be applied in the following fashion:

 

Above specified target

 

[*] % AT&T Mobility invoice credit

 

5.3.6                      Short Call Rate: Shall mean calls that are less than [*] in length.  Converted sites (Sites subject to Conversion training as described in Exhibit B herein) will be measured [*] after the first call received in Production. Change in procedures shall be subject to Exhibit D of this  Work Order.

 

5.3.7                      Total Resolved:  Will be measured [*] by Site and shall be ranked against Like Sites’ national average, contingent upon a sample size of at least [*] per Site.  Sample sizes of less than [*] shall be excluded from the [*] measurement.  AT&T Mobility or AT&T Mobility vendor sites with samples sites of less than [*] shall not be included in the stack ranking.

 

AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned offset debits will be applied at the end of the quarter, by Site/Program pursuant to Exhibit B.  New sites will be measured [*] after the first call received in Production.  Converted sites (sites subject to Conversion training as described in Exhibit B herein) will be measured [*]after the first call received in Production. The AT&T Mobility invoice credits and Supplier earned offset debits will be applied in the following fashion based on Total Resolved scores:

 

below [*] % of Like sites

 

[*] % AT&T Mobility invoice credit

[*]% of Like Sites

 

[*] % AT&T Mobility invoice credit

[*]% of Like Sites

 

[*]% Supplier earned offset debit

[*]%+ of Like Sites

 

[*] % Supplier earned offset debit

 

 

 

AT&T Mobility invoice credit not to exceed [*] %

 

 

 

A [*] percent ([*] %) bonus may apply on a per Site basis if the Total Resolved stretch target is  achieved in any quarter (“Bonus”).  The stretch target for Total Resolved is [*] percent ([*] %) or better.   The Bonus shall be calculated as follows:  [*].  Additionally, no invoice credit shall be due for the Total Resolved performance standard if [*].

 

5.3.8                     Availability: The measurement for Availability will be measured [*] and shall be calculated as follows:  [*].

 

Defined as sum [*].  Converted sites (Sites subject to Conversion training as described in Exhibit B herein) will be measured [*]after the first call received in Production.  Change in procedures shall be subject to Exhibit D of this  Work Order.

 

5.3.9                     Wave Survey:  shall mean an external customer survey completed by a third party to measure first call resolution, total resolution, overall satisfaction, and willingness to recommend.

 

5.3.10               Call Quality:  shall mean an external monitoring process that measures the representative’s ability to Adhere to policy and procedures, adequately service customers, and resolve customer issues.  The three major areas of measurement are business practices, rep index, and resolution.  The specified goal shall be measured [*].  Converted sites (Sites subject to Conversion training as described in Exhibit B herein) will be measured [*]after the first call received in Production.  Change in procedures shall be subject to Exhibit D of the Work Order.

 

5.3.11

 

14



 

Program

 

Target

 

 

 

ANS

 

 

 

 

AHT: [*]

 

 

Accessibility: [*]%

 

 

ASA: [*]

 

 

Occupancy: [*]%

 

 

Service Levels: [*]% in [*] and [*]% in [*] (both should be tracked)

 

 

Availability: [*]%

 

 

FCR: [*]%

 

 

 

ETS and TSD

 

 

 

 

Availability: [*]%

 

 

Accessibility: [*]%

 

 

Occupancy Rate: [*]%

 

 

ASA: [*] (service level — [*]% [*])

 

 

Service Level: [*]% [*] (want report on [*] as well)

 

 

AHT: [*]

 

 

Conf/Transfer: [*]%

 

 

Repeat Calls: [*]%

 

 

Short Call: [*]%

 

 

Repeat Calls: [*]%

 

 

Supervisor to Rep. ratio: [*]

 

 

Wave Goals:

 

 

·        First Call Resolution: [*]%

 

 

·        Total Resolved: [*]%

 

 

·        Overall Satisfaction: [*]%

 

 

·        Willingness to Recommend: [*]%

 

 

·        Rep. Index: [*]%

 

6.                                     CAP

 

The resulting Supplier earned debits and AT&T Mobility invoice credits for the applicable Performance Standard measurement set forth herein Section 6 will only be applied to the applicable Site’s Program Billable Hours billed for the affected Line of Business (BEUC or NBO).  For each Line of Business the total AT&T Mobility invoice credit for all Performance Standards in aggregate in any month cannot exceed a maximum of [*] percent ([*]%) of the Line of Business invoice amount.  For each Line of Business the total invoice debits to AT&T Mobility’s invoice credit for all Performance Standards in aggregate in any month cannot exceed a maximum of a [*] percent ([*]%) of the Line of Business invoice amount.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, Supplier may earn an additional [*] percent ([*] %) Bonus per [*] upon attainment of FCR and Respect stretch targets for each applicable Line of Business.

 

7.                                     PERFORMANCE METRICS WAIVERS

 

7.1        In addition to any other waivers set forth in this Work Order, Supplier shall be excused for failures to meet any Performance Metric and shall not be in breach of this Work Order if such failure is caused by: a) AT&T Mobility; and/or b) third parties (hired or contracted) to provide system applications and/or system application services to or for AT&T Mobility (including carriers) (a) and (b) collectively referred to as “AT&T Mobility/Service Provider”) including without limitation acts or omissions of AT&T Mobility/Service Provider.

 

7.2        Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in addition to waivers set forth herein this Work Order, AT&T Mobility may choose to waive Performance Standards and applicable penalties at its sole discretion.  AT&T Mobility must invoke this option in writing within [*] of a missed Performance Metric.  Failure by AT&T Mobility to provide such written claim shall constitute a waiver by AT&T Mobility of any claims for penalties/service credits or a different penalty/service credit amount for the applicable service period.

 

15



 

8.                                      PRICE

 

8.1                                Services shall be compensated by Buyer to Supplier pursuant to the rates and charges detailed in Attachment 3  (“Price”) which is attached hereto and fully incorporated herein by this reference.  Such rates and charges [*] all applicable taxes.

 

9.              SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

 

9.1                                Quality Assessment:  Supplier will provide enough Quality Assessment (“QA”) agents at the QA rate set forth in Exhibit B, to CSRs to meet the average number of observations monthly.  Each CSR is monitored an average of [*] evaluations per [*] by QA and Production staff/personnel collectively and other informal evaluations as agreed upon by the parties based upon individual CSR performance. Supervisors will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide feedback within [*] if below goal and [*] if within or above goal.  Agents needing improvement will receive additional evaluations via various methods (side by side, additional monitoring, remote monitoring, double jacking, etc.).  QA agents will shadow CSRs while on the call without the CSR being aware they are being monitored.  Calibration sessions between Supplier QA agents, Supplier supervisors and AT&T Mobility representatives will be held weekly to ensure scoring and feedback to CSRs is consistent.  If Supplier fails to monitor an average of [*] evaluations per [*] by QA and Production staff/personnel collectively as set forth above, Supplier will be advised of such deficiencies and Supplier will have [*] to bring performance back to objective’s standards.  AT&T Mobility and Supplier may mutually agree to modify the standards upon written agreement signed by both parties, in the event AHT increases by [*] percent ([*] %) from the previous month’s [*]-Day Commitment, AT&T Mobility and Supplier shall re-evaluate the QA staffing required to meet the obligations set forth herein

 

8.2                                Scripts:  AT&T Mobility shall be responsible for and must approve scripts, order forms, and report formats to be used by Supplier for Services provided pursuant to this Work Order.  If Supplier desires any changes  whatsoever to the aforementioned scripts, forms or formats, then Supplier must obtain AT&T Mobility’s prior written approval of such changes.

 

8.3                                Time off granted to CSRs shall be scheduled such that it does not affect service levels.

 

10.       DEFINITIONS

 

10.1                          “AUX State” the state in which users are logged in to the switch but not receiving (inbound) or making (outbound) calls

 

10.2                          “Average Handle Time” (AHT) is defined as the total time a CSR is in talk time plus after-call wrap time plus hold time divided by the number of calls taken by that CSR in the measured period of time.

 

10.3                          “Billable Hour” The time between the time a CSR clocks into and clocks out of Supplier’s time keeping system for the purpose of performing agreed upon work for AT&T Mobility.  This time shall include a maximum of [*] per day of pre-shift instructions per CSR unless otherwise directed by AT&T Mobility.  The Billable Hour include [*] for breaks but does not include lunches, sick time, vacations, or Supplier sponsored events such as non-AT&T Mobility focus groups and non-AT&T Mobility development.  Actual time in a Billable Hour for billing purposes is [*] minutes.

 

10.4                          “Customer Service Representative” or “CSR” means a Supplier employee who is contacted by and speaks with AT&T Mobility’s customers either via telephone, email or on-line chat sessions on behalf of AT&T Mobility.  A CSR provides support, answers questions and solves problems related to AT&T Mobility’s Products or Programs.

 

10.5                          “Interactive Voice Response” or “IVR”, is a phone technology that allows a computer to detect voice and touch tones using a normal phone call. The IVR system can respond with pre-recorded or dynamically generated audio to further direct callers on how to proceed.

 

10.6                          “Nesting” means the period after CSRs have completed the classroom training and are receiving inbound calls in the Production environment with mentoring and coaching.

 

16



 

10.7                          “Occupancy” means the percentage of time the CSR is logged into CMS handling calls (any and all components of Average Handle Time) and shall be determined by subtracting total idle time (idle while logged in)  from total logged in time and dividing the difference by total logged in time.

 

10.8                          “Offset Debit” refers to a bonus that can be earned by supplier for above average performance.  In the event that supplier performs well and does not incur any credits, earned debits will still be applied.

 

10.9                          “Payroll Hour” is defined as an hour for which a CSR is compensated by Supplier

 

12.10                    “Privacy Laws” means Laws relating to data privacy, trans-border data flow or data protection.

 

12.11                    “Product” or “Program” means AT&T Mobility’s services and customer support services related thereto.

 

12.12                    “Production” is defined as the mode when CSR’s, after successfully completing the prescribed new hire training program, are handling live calls from AT&T Mobility customers.

 

12.13                    “Project” is defined as any effort for which a WO is created in support of AT&T Mobility.

 

12.14                    “Quality Assessment” is based upon the quality observations outlined in Section 11.1.3 of this WO.  Total Quality Assessment score is the average of all observation scores performed within the performance period.

 

12.15                    “Service Level” is defined as the percentage of AT&T Mobility’s customers who will have access to a live CSR within the specified amount of time, as a percentage of total calls offered to Supplier’s ACD.

 

12.16                    Short Call Rate” “ shall mean calls, excluding the TDMA Line Group, which are less than [*] in length.

 

12.17                    “Team Leader” means a Supplier employee of supervisory level.

 

12.18                    “User(s)” means AT&T Mobility and its authorized Third Parties, as well as each of their respective employees, agents, representatives and customers, if any, who use goods or services relating to, resulting from, or arising out of Products and/or Services provided by Supplier hereunder.

 

12.19                    “Warm Transfer” is defined as the process of transferring a customer seeking information to the appropriate resource to assist the customer. During the call transfer, the transferring CSR will introduce the calling customer to the receiving CSR and provide a brief overview of the customer.

 

17



 

ATTACHMENT 1

TO EXHIBIT B

PROGRAM DESCRIPTIONS / JOB OVERVIEWS

 

Program Name

 

Program Description
Functions shall include, but may not be limited to, the

following tasks:

 

Program Projects by

Sites

 

 

 

 

 

 Advanced Network Services (ANS)

 

Business As Usual (BAU) — BCSS1

1.     Customer facing call taking Specialist

2.     Support the following Devices:

·     Palm Operating System

·     Windows Mobile

·     Blackberry

·     Symbian Operating Systems

·      Standard Consumer Devices

3.     supports troubleshooting of the following primary issues

·     Internet Connectivity

·     MediaNet

·     Email (Corporate, MediaNet and Personal)

·     SMS/MMS

·     Ringtone/Application Download

·     Adding /Removing features in billing systems for troubleshooting

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LaptopConnect (LTC) — BCSS1

1.     Customer facing call taking Specialist

2.     Support the following Operating Systems with the AT&T Communication Manager:

·     Windows (200,XP, and Vista are the most common)

·     Macintosh

3.     supports troubleshooting of the following
Devices· 

Tethering via:

·      IrDA

·      Bluetooth

·      Cable

·      AirCards (including limited troubleshooting on some imbedded modems)

4.supports troubleshooting of the following primary issues:

·     Communication Manager Setup

·     Unable to connect

·     Able to connect, but not browse

·     Unable to receive email

·     VPN connectivity issues

·      Adding /Removing features in billing systems for troubleshooting

 

 

 

18



 

Program Name

 

Program Description
Functions shall include, but may not be limited to, the

following tasks:

 

Program Projects by

Sites

 

 

 

 

 

Enterprise Technical Support (ETS)

 

·       Helpdesk to Helpdesk Support  for Enterprise Customers, Government accounts and Public Safety

·       Highly skilled and knowledgeable representatives

·       Continuous internal training

·       [*] representatives  -[*]  &  [*]

·       All-In-One Support: Voice & Data available [*]

·       Supports: ISE, UMPTS, EDGE, GPRS, GSM, Frame Relay, PTT, IPPT, Enterprise Paging, SMS and Laptop Connect products

·       Proactive Network Outage & Maintenance          Notifications

·       Integrated with Enterprise On Demand/Self -Service Portal for electronic fault handling (tickets)

·       Works along side System Engineers  for custom implementations

·       Unique customer PIN to access  a Toll Free queue

·       Structured and timely on-boarding process to introduce new customers to comprehensive support capabilities

·       Consistent customer communication throughout the lifecycle of each issue

·       Staffed and organized for customer, issue and application familiarity

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

Technical Support Desk (TSD)

 

Small Business — BAE/BAM/SBAM and Retail Rep

·       Phoenix/BASE Navigation

·       FAN Migrations

·       Archived Contract Reprints

 

Small Business Key Contacts (SBKC) supporting a Business Owner or Authorized Order Placer

 

AUID is required when calling

 

·       BASE PIN Management

 

Small Business Activation Support (SBAS) representatives

·       Work to clarify cases related to system errors

·       Report and monitor system outage or latency

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

Reports Analyst

 

Conduct quarterly Program reviews to cover Program highlights, overall account activity, budget analysis, review key reports and metrics at a management level, the incentive programs that were run and their results, and to ensure that stated agreed upon Program objectives are being met (return on investment or “ROI”). If Program objectives are not being met, team

 

 

 

19



 

Program Name

 

Program Description
Functions shall include, but may not be limited to, the

following tasks:

 

Program Projects by

Sites

 

 

must collectively establish an action plan to be implemented within [*] to achieve measurable results within [*].

 

 

 

20



 

ATTACHMENT 2 TO EXHIBIT B — DELIVERABLES MATRIX

 

Deliverables/Specifications/Requirements

 

Delivery Date

 

Evidence of Success

Deliverable Set # 1 — Reporting

ACD Report: Comprehensive report with data taken directly from the switch. Details total calls offered, calls handled, calls abandoned, average speed of answer, average handle time by live agent and downtime. Delivered to AT&T Mobility daily.

 

Agent (PAR) Report: Agent or Personal Accountability Reports provide queue performance statistics broken down by agent. Data elements include the number of ACD calls answered, the average time spent on each ACD call, the average time spent waiting between ACD calls, the time spend doing post-call work, the time spent logged into the system, Short calls, transfer rates, availability etc. Delivered to AT&T Mobility daily.

 

Call Disposition Report: offers call disposition detail by type code. Supplier may provide this report to AT&T Mobility subject to Exhibit D of the Agreement.

 

System Outages Report: Report provides a listing of the date, time, duration and description of any system outages to Supplier’ systems, root cause analysis, and preventive measures. Delivered to AT&T Mobility when system outages occur.

 

Call Comparison: Compares forecasted to actual call volume and answer performance.

 

Combined FTE: Report provides headcount and training data, as well as weekly attrition. Delivered to AT&T Mobility weekly.

 

Attrition Training: Report provides ongoing attrition training data, with class details (class size, dates, etc.). Delivered to AT&T Mobility weekly.

 

Interval: report provides [*] interval call volume data. Delivered to AT&T Mobility daily.

 

Invoice Detail: Invoices will include detailed documentation including but not limited to, for each CSR; a list of CSR names, hours logged via the ACD, hours logged, hire date, tenure, and indicator for training or Production status.

 

Weekly Quality Report: Weekly roll up of quality performance to include: scores from evaluations completed by Supplier’ quality team, scores from evaluations completed by Supplier’ leadership team (team leads/supervisors), QA/Team Lead score variance, combined score, total evaluations completed by QA team, total evaluations completed by Team Leads.

 

Monthly Quality Report Monthly roll up of quality performance to include: scores from evaluations completed by Supplier’ quality team, scores from evaluations completed by Supplier’ leadership team (team leads/supervisors), QA/Team Lead score variance, combined score, total evaluations completed by QA team, total evaluations completed by Team Leads.

 

As indicated in report description

 

Accurate and timely reporting either pushed to recipients or available online.

 

21



 

Deliverable Set # 2 — Quarterly Program Reviews

·                 Supplier will conduct quarterly Program reviews in person at AT&T Mobility Headquarters to cover Program highlights, overall account activity, budget analysis, review key reports and metrics at a management level, the incentive programs that were run and their results, and to ensure that stated agreed upon Program objectives are being met (return on investment or “ROI”). If Program objectives are not being met, team must collectively establish an action plan to be implemented within [*] to achieve measurable results within [*].

 

Quarterly reviews as scheduled

 

Evidence of Success:

·                        Quarterly reviews are held as scheduled

 

 

22



 

ATTACHMENT 3

TO EXHIBIT B

PRICE

 

PROGRAM NAME

 

StarTek Tier II Pricing (US)

 

 

 

 

 

Technical Support Tier II,
ANS, TSD. & ETS Programs-
Tenure Level Based on Agent
Tenure in Months

 

[*]
[*]
[*]

 

$[*]
$[*]
$[*]

After Hours Support

 

[*]

 

$[*] Premium on Agent’s applicable Tenured Rates

 

 

[*]

 

$[*] Premium on Agent’s applicable Tenured Rates

 

 

[*]

 

$[*] Premium on Agent’s applicable Tenured Rates

Clerical Support

 

Not to exceed [*] without prior approval of AT&T

 


$
[*]

DRUG SCREEN & BACKGROUND CHECK

 

 

 

Passed through at cost (Checks required as a result of attrition will be the responsibility of StarTek.)

OVERTIME RATE & HOLIDAY

 

 

 

[*]% premium above the applicable Billable Hour rate

NESTING - PRODUCTION

 

 

 

Nesting:  
Tier II Tech Support - $[*]

 

 

 

 

New Hire/Growth:  
Tier II Tech Support - $[*]

TRAINING RATE

 

 

 

Supplemental Training [*].

 

 

 

 

Conversion Training: [*]

 

 

 

 

All Attrition: [*]

 

Notes:

 

a.                           CSR tenure is determined based on the hire date of such CSR on any AT&T Mobility program. Except as otherwise stated in the Work Order, the total amount payable by AT&T Mobility for the Services shall be determined by applying the stated rate of compensation to the Services actually performed by Supplier. [*]. Holiday Rates shall apply based on applicable Holidays at the Site. US Holidays (applicable only in the U.S.): New Years Day, Thanksgiving Day, Labor Day, Christmas Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day.

 

b.                          Domestic Inbound/Outbound telecom. AT&T Mobility shall be client of record on the (800) service. Subject to AT&T Mobility’s prior written approval of usage, domestic inbound and outbound telecom charges shall be [*].

 

c.                           Postage, shredding, express mail, printing, and courier services, trunking and circuits, reproduction (other than re attrition training which is borne by Supplier), and travel (Pre-approved by AT&T Mobility) will all be charged at [*].

 

d.                          Clerical Support $[*] per hour (not to exceed [*] per [*] without prior approval of the AT&T Mobility contact identified in 2.1 of this Work Order. Functions shall include, but not be limited to, the following tasks:

 

23



 

·                  Login ordering, tracking, retiring and maintenance

·                  SOX contact for all AT&T Mobility audits

·                  Clarify maintenance

·                  Submitting and tracking Credits and Adjustments

·                  Sessions Enrollments for training

·                  AT&T Mobility University setups and retires

·                  Course enrollments and completions

·                  Tracking and follow through of all Office of the President requests

·                  Back up to LRP for all AT&T Mobility reporting

·                  Distribute and ensure follow up on feedback items (Clarify, Wave, PCS, Tier II, SOA, Direct Fulfillment, etc.), compile results

·                  Gather and summarize results of initiatives (PAR/SRS, migrations, etc.)

 

24



 

EXHIBIT C

 

Information Security Policy

AT&T Supplier Information Security Requirements

 

[*]

 

EXHIBIT D

Management Procedures for Change Notice

 

1.               AT&T shall have the right to make changes in the scope of the work and Specification to be performed under this Work Order as set forth in this Exhibit D. All changes shall be authorized in writing by AT&T Contact through a Project Change Notice.

 

2.               Supplier shall not make any changes in the scope of the work or Specification to be performed under this Work Order which have not been authorized in writing by the AT&T Contact.

 

3.              If Supplier receives instructions, directions or requests to make any change or changes that will result in a change in the scope of the work to be performed under this Work Order from anyone other than the AT&T Contact, Supplier shall promptly notify the AT&T Contact and provide a description of the proposed change, or changes, the length of the delay, if any, that will result from the change or changes and the increased cost, if any, that will result from such change or changes.

 

4.               If Supplier receives instructions, directions, or requests from AT&T Contact to make any change or changes that will result in a change in the scope of the work to be performed under this Work Order, Supplier shall reasonably promptly provide AT&T Contact with the length of the delay, if any, that will result from the change or changes and the increased cost, if any, that will result from such change or changes. Supplier shall not proceed to implement any such change without the written agreement of AT&T Contact and Supplier. To the extent the development work is delayed as a result of Supplier having no written authority to proceed with a change or changes to the development project, Supplier shall not be responsible therefore. Any such changes that are made by Supplier without written approval of AT&T Contact, other than at the urging or other affirmative act by the AT&T Contact, shall not excuse any delay in a delivery date or form the basis for any claim or rationale to increase Supplier’s pricing.

 

5.               Any delays indirectly or directly affecting the dates in the Deliverables Matrix that are approved in writing by the AT&TContact shall be excused, and any increase in the cost must be approved in writing by the AT&T Contact and shall be added to the Supplier’s price.

 

6.               Notwithstanding any other provision herein, Supplier shall not be obligated to make any change to this Work Order that would cause Supplier to violate any law, rule or regulation; would cause Supplier to violate any contractual obligation of Supplier; or for which the timing and price related to such change cannot be agreed upon by the parties.

PROJECT CHANGE NOTICE NEXT PAGE

 

25



 

EXHIBIT D

CHANGE NOTICE

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

 

CLIENT:

 

 

 

 

 

PROJECT:

 

 

 

 

 

DESCRIPTION OF CHANGE:   PHASE      INITIATION

 

ALL SUPPORTING MATERIALS ATTACHED? YES o NO o

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

 

DATE:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COST OF CHANGE (if any):         $
 
 
 

DATE: APPROVALS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplier

 

Buyer

 

 

 

By:

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

Printed Name:

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

Date:

 

 

26


EX-10.58 5 a09-6519_1ex10d58.htm EX-10.58

EXHIBIT 10.58

 

(LOGO)

 

 

AT&T Services, Inc.

 

One AT&T Way

 

Room 1C146A

 

Bedminster, NJ 07921

 

December 1, 2008

 

Mr. Chris Paoletti

StarTek, Inc.

100 Garfield St.

Denver, CO 80206

 

Re:  Notice of Termination — Agreement No. 20070105.006.S.002 for Tier III Service Management

 

Dear Mr. Paoletti

 

This letter is to notify you that AT&T Services Inc. hereby exercises its option to terminate for convenience Agreement No.20070105.006.S.002, in accordance with Section 3.4 Cancellation and Termination, Paragraph b. Termination, of Agreement No. 20070105.006.C.

 

Accordingly, the Agreement will terminate on December 31, 2008.

 

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Kathy Holzer-Muniz

 

 

 

Kathy Holzer-Muniz

 

Sr. Contract Manager, Global Strategic Sourcing

 

 

 

Cc:

 

 

 

Startek, Larry Jones, president, CEO and acting Chief Financial

 


EX-21.1 6 a09-6519_1ex21d1.htm EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

NAME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

JURISDICTION OF
INCORPORATION

 

SUBSIDIARIES DOING
BUSINESS AS

 

 

 

 

 

StarTek USA, Inc.

 

Colorado

 

StarTek USA
StarTek
StarTek Services

 

 

 

 

 

StarTek Canada Services, Ltd.

 

Nova Scotia, Canada

 

StarTek Canada Services
StarTek
StarTek Services

 

 

 

 

 

StarTek Holdings, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

StarTek Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

StarTek International, Limited

 

Bermuda

 

StarTek International

 

 

 

 

 

StarTek Pacific, Ltd.

 

Colorado

 

StarTek Pacific

 


EX-23.1 7 a09-6519_1ex23d1.htm EX-23.1

 

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-150635, 333-150634, 333-142780, 333-134903, 333-126989, 333-117451, 333-63106 and 333-77009) pertaining to the Employee Stock Purchase Plan, 2008 Equity Incentive Plan, Stock Option Plan and Directors’ Stock Option Plan of StarTek, Inc. of our reports dated March 2, 2009, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of StarTek, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of StarTek, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2008.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denver, Colorado

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 2, 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


EX-31.1 8 a09-6519_1ex31d1.htm EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, A. Laurence Jones, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of StarTek, Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.              Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.               Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.              Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

Date: March 3, 2009

/s/ A. LAURENCE JONES

 

 

A. Laurence Jones

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 


EX-31.2 9 a09-6519_1ex31d2.htm EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

I, David G. Durham, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of StarTek, Inc.;

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

a.               Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.              Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c.               Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

d.              Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a.               All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b.              Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

Date: March 3, 2009

/s/ DAVID G. DURHAM

 

 

David G. Durham

 

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

 


EX-32.1 10 a09-6519_1ex32d1.htm EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATIONS

 

In connection with the Annual Report of StarTek, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned individuals, certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to his knowledge:

 

1)              The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2)              The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Registrant.

 

 

Date: March 3, 2009

/s/ A. LAURENCE JONES

 

A. Laurence Jones

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date: March 3, 2009

/s/ DAVID G. DURHAM

 

David G. Durham

 

Executive Vice President, Chief Finanical Officer and Treasurer

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906, or other document authenticating, acknowledging, or otherwise adopting the signature that appears in typed form within the electronic version of this written statement required by Section 906, has been provided to the Corporation and will be retained by the Corporation and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 


GRAPHIC 12 g65191bei001.gif GRAPHIC begin 644 g65191bei001.gif M1TE&.#EAH@)Y`7<`,2'^&E-O9G1W87)E.B!-:6-R;W-O9G0@3V9F:6-E`"'Y M!`$`````+`4`!0"7`F\!A```````````_P"``#,S,TU-36AH:'Q\?(R,C)J: MFKV]O:>GI[*RLM#0T,?'Q]G9V?\``.GIZ?#P\.'AX?___P$"`P$"`P$"`P$" M`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P$"`P7_8"".9&F>:*JN;.N^<"S/=&W?>*[O M?.__P*!P**08C\BD$PNF\]C$7K-;KO? M\+A\3J_;[WBJ.L_O^_^`@8*#A(5R>X:)BHN,C8Z/D(N(D925EI>8F9J&DYN> MGZ"AHJ.AG:2GJ*FJJZQEIJVPL;*SM*"OM;BYNKN\<[>]P,'"P\1,O\7(R_7W%`5$L*.P+XD[(^C4#5R"(``""0'XF3B7+L`Z)0T.!"B@($)$@@45 MC&`W#^2DA!87_YK\V([$`0](PX)K&M%KVZ-OAP88^"`@UB,2$BCX]Y4?U*)NE?Y-^U'D@;`4M"X^>I5"PY]R M>^[,J1E0)ZN*C3`(T,`@YR,&"AB0=YHUY&.F)N64S;)H@,=HQ7$&C61T:=-& M(`)'PON(;R,3]B))OO@!@K.3"Q<733HZ9)%2;]$V3$%X9\^MO^?II!$ZA>2X MK2-T6W*9$.`L9P]M\1Z!F1`/]7!5*@ M0&CN(7(@<@'V-UQ0#LG'6565#2C>9A^"=Z%UKZP&T6KN%3@"`BJ5P)AK8&&U M8HO=F<5?81;F&%1`!YB78WTZMI1``3Y*Y**.B&@W6VTER2@"BT?`94;"9!)Y589IDH'^0Q:(1'Z>G8$`D$3B8!6)`I<-AYU[_F>K)%I:U,=9XXV?)+BO/;UPB MJZQ>OTTGVF+PH-HG9><&6UU_TTXFTD*38+L'MP21>Z6Q:!0+,!FFW*45A!9* M<`"S%(R6WA[PJ#19:OJR]$`"=@(TKU604=QM9-^>9G``".-C@`3)82SFR!`2 M-9`$"V27U6V$O:LJ8B!#"#%'BUD5*2(73UQ`F1:A'(#*`\D!LBLAMG[%>0TW5''1$+6,[TD^`@JEWWUVQDRK?2_CD1M+$WYY9AG M7H7EFG?N^>>R.0 M[^Y[%KKO'D'<@2P04`$)E'D`U(`1)4)-8C]/F'^T@B'Q%]=GL?PD#WB(A`2K M=3\E]9V`'SW)_XC?HZB(_JY'[^XS`8_4?X`9@,)J&A%0:?'M3QFFU"O#I<8P MP*:QA&]Q8P_?6'4G]O@O/@MT2_OB1Q7X43`)!BC9'[IVGOP5IFM_<@.`=V)ADB+BPLJHBH$7E$+P;*>5K#E+>FXI"%*N!L*S MB0`I2@%B=YP7FB%VHB$+0M,'C4BB(B*E`*59$4@(%+TF!D0-4"L!$D%2D_\E M/D\B5RQ-&#G3Q7N,((V`:D>D`*@5J74B'C-$0AV/,!_ZY?`).YQ=0XR0FO_I M+R*2T1C(\+05THRE`?C97R01R4:HT2^/AL%D6(Y($!.E(TP/P(TD*^.71,X0 MDAM!)5E&219._NI.AU0E/[*(PR#-ZRBA4821G.T"^51D\U\)L@PECQH4D":O?R*,[TY3AB54TD8 MB=L"&.:`@,1M$NL,IYOI#).$C_RPSH%12/^/*0L&&MA M6EB%"*7*6'<\2IS;H>)7%$W2L26.G-L(F`,,X3`4P8 M8)3E9321>>#7F++Z*1YH`T!"(/M4F3K%@/,M8@FH0[)IK8/ MI!@W;$QTHVM-,X_$'O:;_Y,]7@*BY:*3!6>W]V"`=J$S'ZETUJCG%9`&`R'5 MU"V@ENF%97QWY,?YS@$I$^PL56(1FYB")3ZQBG>7XA6[ M6'8M?K&,4Q?C&=M8=#6^L8XSE^,=^UAR/?ZQD`<6Y"$;.5%%/K*2Q9/D)3M9 M)TU^LI2]$>4I6_D:5;ZREJ&1Y2U[.1E=_K*8A1'F,9MY%V4^LYIID>8UN[D5 M;7ZSG%$1YSG;N105=H44T7;G/@\BSK$!5JK\3.@-YIE@H>K6H0O-:`K[P3Y) M^O]8HR?MBT4O>).#MC2E-XV%.GLJ-[5A#)\Y36H3:KII@@:UI.51ZE:;^M&I MWLJJ$^WJ6EO!T['.-"!MS>O-G=H+?`YV-7[=ZT+7&=7%3G8^/T%L95=I``.8 MQK&_T&QG?PC:TJ[V>*R-.FAC.QK3!C:W3^?M:(-;VWA`][BQ?()R?_L9X3;A MNH>E`B:XV]SP5GE/AWM#6MRT$3@>"\WL4_O8"P*-M<$W$FPL-/W@D M5F`E93Q\"Q&7^)]30`TP9_P-']=XP3D^\9`[XN):,/G!!EK: M5/3 M;@$0X.YXS[O>]TX*G?M]"B@'^=IU37BK'R[N,`]`WBFP\"SL_?&0O[LA_/[W M]^&B[3*I^M$1#SP2X%T)C8]#Y$>_>#907N=7&/S(85USJY.=\[X60>E#0?K: M$V`*I^_YK57_.-8G6O-3A_TP92_Y9-C^[KE/>Z=E,?0MQ>3FPJM`,__V'<YG9R(X@OY5@E=W@N.W9G>G M@0WF@AI5"1\X@&,V@S0X83;8>CB(@O9W97C7@QSV@V)R<`'A!ZF5KG164`I7(A7V&A.W' MB(7W>O_!X(1H,(J/EW(L\`1T5VZ$IHJ%H`IZ5P6XV'0Q!Y"*()!L1Y"`1WL'F07E=@(,^0DEF&;JV(&6H(^Q1P+W=I&H MD)%>MY%HZ`@3^9$L&)(B.9+9:(>]AX\-F9(3:)%0$'HM:9`OF838%X.!X)'# MMX=/@),YJ9/:&),>Z`=`J2*(6)36((%)9I)'207?AD[^E=B5EATCEB(:^B%;8F%H$>45UB>#F9^ M>3:7CRAJ\EF#W3>;$*E#/I>?"59\_^W%.3S!.1'0`#6S0>S9GQ+Z#13JCG@XF7\8E.1Y"/(8H1W*##/(C\G)GZY9 M!YJ)HBEJ?(4(CW(XE8:W;>PGHS,Z##6*BCQI"097HCUJ.Z?8HIH6+P_J!M99 MI*QSBM8D!D&2)`D%M^Y MI,3"HV-Z"M;(I<\(,T=1/?OVD&+ZIL%`H/%`35]SHDNBEU_GIGI*?P<6`2@R M)-.#;*IF=&>Y&7E:J+/0G(A&F(X*DY`JJ:?#H`LICZGIBIH8J9K*?RKYHN!9 M>)NGA*(ZJO]X!H*/ZJEOIY!!N*JL"H.GZJF6FJ.8^@A56JL]P:F*Z7^Y"JJ9 M0*2^^CK$](_4QIG@2*M:N@RF#JJJ%/MP<`F[`"VPN<$ZX%,*[$0F8).[$+BV;8"HZS,+$:6['^>K&7 MN@L:"[#=RK$U>0734C?90Z[#L+%R0[+E*E5K5#>>40P*ZXDNFPH"HQ4=\2C\ MPJ8K6Y,CR[$"K,&FJS3:IHV=Y+_R)JTK`JL M-EFIJ,JTFO&T4)MNR=JIC-JUN_H=YAJV;>JJ9VN`D?:QO[@H8*NV3-I__6"V M]TEO:4NW;/!PD#EKIFHL>\NWKF"WS`JW&`LPAZNK>4LYB\NX%?AG MCTNL.#:XE+M_&U>M5DLZFKNY%;2MK#.YHBNG$\=BH7NZ4IJZ[K.ZE"NC'GNP M6(MULHM/IDNRM[M9N:NTLSN[Z%J[UK:[]M6[M4J\`V:\A8J\"*:\3LJ\#5:B M]YJUOXMA/5BSHPJ]%E82+*NIV@MB(3N]RVN!GHNC'!:^(@N\MA MX0N6POMDR_BIGWN^%$NBSFN[!7@VJ-F5_R:&O16XM4[IMZUXO_!;C):Y?>L7 MJY`;N&M&MA(7;YG7K*X6K,46>`X\M;PFP:6FP?_+P>/FP7X&PE5KODA'PE80 ML#[VO0R\P%&0OSKFPBWIP2&[8S3LER>`OC-4+P'`LM@2[:*##&LBT3+N?_)"=VXW6 MNLO,H,+?FI3"C+2O7+=O?,S?8,N_^9;,_"'.[`3BB[J0H+[17(5[_`1+?*:4 M@,W9_,W;3`'=6T]"&LZC8P+Q:\V\BLZI@[[BB\;N'#GK;,XX.,_OW,FM>\WX MG,_5[,VNV\^G\\\`S<\";3OR?-`\-L8*7;H$6:+@W-`$6(46+-&N\X&^J,D6 MC3D87=$;36.+"+A$,-(D7=(F?=(HG=(JO=(LW=(NS0,EAW63G;6R0O5 M28VT)4?7>ZK4N=/6L<>Y[?P)#1 MM=",@,>A3,+8<.?8J8S9RR;79\G9GCP.4BG9;%;0[1K)-:W1DUK7D(/1VE'+ MD4;9D_W:'5M3H`W9JDV`LGS)9/@C:(8GD>W;J7U.OWTGMUU4L@UAF&S;H.V_ MIEVNKE=3IX9W;=&9X!]K;@]G=WGUY MM<*P[>W>Z>VO[VUYZ$W:I]V^ZDW>Y8W?^4W3_[!`1?Y=U3)]M^XM3L%MX`5. MX`F>W.R-X/3MN+_7W*WGV<[WW*`\X<>-X0T>:^>]C?J=U1\.RAL2V2-.XI%; MKR>^@)V;XO_-)0SKXK3+XBU>XK!-X^H7=>S\LCF^"C8#VSO.XQ_5L3]^HXHR MY"(NX+--Y.)GY$>NY$#NY+S]H%J2X41WVV)'7=V-Y=^MY>P]Y8VKHT0GWP^< MX;KJV8W*Y.-''Q)>YMJY=MCMC4*.VQ)^V2&>E'0>X#A[YWA^X7JN:6VVV\6] MRI-MAJF=R?TJWI2^Y]!=Z9VN MZ9M^V*OMZ94=IHXJU_]P3M1`GMP4KN`6SJV:U^JLWFQ=!N!6#A;\7=T,+M^N MWM^B?NB]3K6`F*N%;M___;B!ONN#;NBG3>QRQZ[,[NA&=^OV^W2(ON'K#>F* M3FUEUTC43IAF7G.:G>;A'BH`ON#J%I7!A^KK3N;FON;O+N;QGNB__KN\"=^]A7MM(/JE`4N,'WZX);_!0ONA(R>EY3NI/#NHM M3O$3;_%+7N#*#-=*MO(^WQE`'_2_"O-$[[1&?_3-G/1*KW9,W_39,/3_ M4&_74]_#56_U5V]C4I_U[,;U,[;U7B\-8!_V;DSV*S;VO/K2:K_V;-_V;O_V MTRSSN//T;P;S:,\[L9NO+);W'[_WC&OW=$_1?Z_W<\_W)N[WEY#TRN[5;/OB MOC.D'.2/HLD-)D^ME0]"+"_G[=GS\6E1?A/YXPPVV0?XC[\&(=0[&ZSQ`A>, M'$EL#/ZWN;SM-RF=.0KH'Q3)06[Z_MGWA5\%IMSZ$O_KPA_\5L#Z:.CZ,TW9 MRA_M]A:E*BYIL4[H'/QQJ$_XMT-,^FR^GA]J\0W9WMZ5YYY<66#\4TE4)^R- M;_LMN`G(5^!M3%B'LAT>RAXRW(_<4^2Y1D10D\YF_X$O"51`R2!`B2,I!D&) MFB-ZJN2[RFIX&U@%UR%S5D%VB M-KQTF9+DL=&7G+J>(W_')^_K5^O_\_GV;."G4+)J6<07'FL*72MDU`07+B'(5: M.+&A/#KIU,6Q1:W:.U%M#O_>*T4OU)J0U0"RW,.O):8,>2 M[2-VA\UUHZ:6.03(41$RCU:U,!K7'L`S:[TP4F2,U-RV?CT2UN@4RQN]YQ2/ M&0SL+=RB=2Z->R6KV.O MI&W[-N?9T7"S?,G[]S[@PH<3'\OXF.[B-Y4S'Y:\.?3HTO-.+_:\.O3KV+=S M[P[5.S/MX(&+'V_^O/3RW'VCCZZ^/?SXM]]C9R^_.*S\^O?S[^__/X`!"C@@ M@05"&G@@@@DJN"""]T5"GX,12C@AA14F8Y^%&6JX(8<=NH&AAR&*."*)YC%X :(HHIJK@BBRVZ^"*,, GRAPHIC 13 g65191ki03i001.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 g65191ki03i001.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$`8`!@``#_VP!#``@&!@<&!0@'!P<)"0@*#!0-#`L+ M#!D2$P\4'1H?'AT:'!P@)"XG("(L(QP<*#7J#A(6&AXB)BI*3E)66EYB9FJ*CI*6FIZBIJK*SM+6VM[BYNL+#Q,7& MQ\C)RM+3U-76U]C9VN'BX^3EYN?HZ>KQ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_\0`'P$``P$!`0$! M`0$!`0````````$"`P0%!@<("0H+_\0`M1$``@$"!`0#!`<%!`0``0)W``$" M`Q$$!2$Q!A)!40=A<1,B,H$(%$*1H;'!"2,S4O`58G+1"A8D-.$E\1<8&1HF M)R@I*C4V-S@Y.D-$149'2$E*4U155E=865IC9&5F9VAI:G-T=79W>'EZ@H.$ MA8:'B(F*DI.4E9:7F)F:HJ.DI::GJ*FJLK.TM;:WN+FZPL/$Q<;'R,G*TM/4 MU=;7V-G:XN/DY>;GZ.GJ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_]H`#`,!``(1`Q$`/P#WXG"D@$D# MH.]96FZQ<7]H9FTJYB;S&4QEH]R8.,-\W7O^/&1R=:B@"*&5Y02]O)#CLY4Y +_P"^2:*EHH`__]D_ ` end GRAPHIC 14 g65191ki03i002.jpg GRAPHIC begin 644 g65191ki03i002.jpg M_]C_X``02D9)1@`!`0$`8`!@``#_VP!#``@&!@<&!0@'!P<)"0@*#!0-#`L+ M#!D2$P\4'1H?'AT:'!P@)"XG("(L(QP<*#7J#A(6&AXB)BI*3E)66EYB9FJ*CI*6FIZBIJK*SM+6VM[BYNL+#Q,7& MQ\C)RM+3U-76U]C9VN'BX^3EYN?HZ>KQ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_\0`'P$``P$!`0$! M`0$!`0````````$"`P0%!@<("0H+_\0`M1$``@$"!`0#!`<%!`0``0)W``$" M`Q$$!2$Q!A)!40=A<1,B,H$(%$*1H;'!"2,S4O`58G+1"A8D-.$E\1<8&1HF M)R@I*C4V-S@Y.D-$149'2$E*4U155E=865IC9&5F9VAI:G-T=79W>'EZ@H.$ MA8:'B(F*DI.4E9:7F)F:HJ.DI::GJ*FJLK.TM;:WN+FZPL/$Q<;'R,G*TM/4 MU=;7V-G:XN/DY>;GZ.GJ\O/T]?;W^/GZ_]H`#`,!``(1`Q$`/P#WR61HTW)$ M\IS]U",_J0*S[_5+BST^>Y&G3YB0L`[Q@,1VX8GGIP#]#TK3HH`BM9FN+6*9 5X)(&D0,8I<;DSV."1G\:*EHH`__9 ` end
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----